TRUSTMARK CORP
10-Ks and 10-Qs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
UNITED
STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington
, D.C. 20549
Form
10-Q
|
þ
|
QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2013
or
|
o
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
For the transition period from ___________________ to ___________________
Commission file number 000-03683
Trustmark
Corporation
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
|
Mississippi
|
64-0471500
|
|
|
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
|
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
|
|
|
248 East Capitol Street, Jackson, Mississippi
|
39201
|
|
|
(Address of principal executive offices)
|
(Zip Code)
|
(601) 208-5111
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes
þ
No
o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes
þ
No
o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b of the Exchange Act.
|
Large accelerated filer
þ
|
Accelerated filer
o
|
|
Non-accelerated filer
o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
|
Smaller reporting company
o
|
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes
o
No
þ
As of April 30, 2013, there were 67,162,685 shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock (no par value).
Forward-Looking Statements
Certain statements contained in this document constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. You can identify forward-looking statements by words such as “may,” “hope,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” “continue,” “could,” “future” or the negative of those terms or other words of similar meaning. You should read statements that contain these words carefully because they discuss our future expectations or state other “forward-looking” information. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements relating to anticipated future operating and financial performance measures, including net interest margin, credit quality, business initiatives, growth opportunities and growth rates, among other things, and encompass any estimate, prediction, expectation, projection, opinion, anticipation, outlook or statement of belief included therein as well as the management assumptions underlying these forward-looking statements. You should be aware that the occurrence of the events described under the caption “Risk Factors” in Trustmark’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Should one or more of these risks materialize, or should any such underlying assumptions prove to be significantly different, actual results may vary significantly from those anticipated, estimated, projected or expected.
Risks that could cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations of Management include, but are not limited to, changes in the level of nonperforming assets and charge-offs, local, state and national economic and market conditions, including the extent and duration of the current volatility in the credit and financial markets, changes in our ability to measure the fair value of assets in our portfolio, material changes in the level and/or volatility of market interest rates, the performance and demand for the products and services we offer, including the level and timing of withdrawals from our deposit accounts, the costs and effects of litigation and of unexpected or adverse outcomes in such litigation, our ability to attract noninterest-bearing deposits and other low-cost funds, competition in loan and deposit pricing, as well as the entry of new competitors into our markets through de novo expansion and acquisitions, economic conditions, including the potential impact of the European financial crisis on the U.S. economy and the markets we serve, and monetary and other governmental actions designed to address the level and volatility of interest rates and the volatility of securities, currency and other markets, the enactment of legislation and changes in existing regulations, or enforcement practices, or the adoption of new regulations, changes in accounting standards and practices, including changes in the interpretation of existing standards, that affect our consolidated financial statements, changes in consumer spending, borrowings and savings habits, technological changes, changes in the financial performance or condition of our borrowers, changes in our ability to control expenses, changes in our compensation and benefit plans, greater than expected costs or difficulties related to the integration of acquisitions or new products and lines of business, natural disasters, environmental disasters, acts of war or terrorism, the ability to maintain relationships with customers, employees or suppliers as well as the ability to successfully integrate the business and realize cost savings and any other synergies from the BancTrust Financial Group, Inc., (BancTrust) merger as well as the risk that the credit ratings of the combined company or its subsidiaries may be different from what the companies expect, and other risks described in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, we can give no assurance that such expectations will prove to be correct. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise any of this information, whether as the result of new information, future events or developments or otherwise.
2
Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries
($ in thousands)
|
(Unaudited)
|
||||||||
|
March 31,
|
December 31,
|
|||||||
|
2013
|
2012
|
|||||||
|
Assets
|
||||||||
|
Cash and due from banks (noninterest-bearing)
|
$ | 242,896 | $ | 231,489 | ||||
|
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements
|
5,926 | 7,046 | ||||||
|
Securities available for sale (at fair value)
|
3,546,083 | 2,657,745 | ||||||
|
Securities held to maturity (fair value: $78,096-2013; $46,888-2012)
|
73,666 | 42,188 | ||||||
|
Loans held for sale (LHFS)
|
207,758 | 257,986 | ||||||
|
Loans held for investment (LHFI)
|
5,474,396 | 5,592,754 | ||||||
|
Less allowance for loan losses, LHFI
|
76,900 | 78,738 | ||||||
|
Net LHFI
|
5,397,496 | 5,514,016 | ||||||
|
Acquired loans:
|
||||||||
|
Noncovered loans
|
1,003,127 | 81,523 | ||||||
|
Covered loans
|
47,589 | 52,041 | ||||||
|
Less allowance for loan losses, acquired loans
|
6,458 | 6,075 | ||||||
|
Net acquired loans
|
1,044,258 | 127,489 | ||||||
|
Net LHFI and acquired loans
|
6,441,754 | 5,641,505 | ||||||
|
Premises and equipment, net
|
210,789 | 154,841 | ||||||
|
Mortgage servicing rights
|
51,529 | 47,341 | ||||||
|
Goodwill
|
366,366 | 291,104 | ||||||
|
Identifiable intangible assets
|
49,361 | 17,306 | ||||||
|
Other real estate, excluding covered other real estate
|
118,406 | 78,189 | ||||||
|
Covered other real estate
|
5,879 | 5,741 | ||||||
|
FDIC indemnification asset
|
20,198 | 21,774 | ||||||
|
Other assets
|
509,904 | 374,412 | ||||||
|
Total Assets
|
$ | 11,850,515 | $ | 9,828,667 | ||||
|
Liabilities
|
||||||||
|
Deposits:
|
||||||||
|
Noninterest-bearing
|
$ | 2,534,287 | $ | 2,254,211 | ||||
|
Interest-bearing
|
7,375,144 | 5,642,306 | ||||||
|
Total deposits
|
9,909,431 | 7,896,517 | ||||||
|
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements
|
219,769 | 288,829 | ||||||
|
Short-term borrowings
|
46,325 | 86,920 | ||||||
|
Long-term FHLB advances
|
10,969 | - | ||||||
|
Subordinated notes
|
49,879 | 49,871 | ||||||
|
Junior subordinated debt securities
|
94,856 | 61,856 | ||||||
|
Other liabilities
|
166,340 | 157,305 | ||||||
|
Total Liabilities
|
10,497,569 | 8,541,298 | ||||||
|
Shareholders' Equity
|
||||||||
|
Common stock, no par value:
|
||||||||
|
Authorized: 250,000,000 shares
Issued and outstanding: 67,151,087 shares - 2013; 64,820,414 shares - 2012
|
13,992 | 13,506 | ||||||
|
Capital surplus
|
342,233 | 285,905 | ||||||
|
Retained earnings
|
991,012 | 984,563 | ||||||
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax
|
5,709 | 3,395 | ||||||
|
Total Shareholders' Equity
|
1,352,946 | 1,287,369 | ||||||
|
Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
|
$ | 11,850,515 | $ | 9,828,667 | ||||
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
3
Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries
($ in thousands except per share data)
(Unaudited)
|
Three Months Ended
|
||||||||
|
March 31,
|
||||||||
|
2013
|
2012
|
|||||||
|
Interest Income
|
||||||||
|
Interest and fees on LHFI & LHFS
|
$ | 64,463 | $ | 72,859 | ||||
|
Interest and fees on acquired loans
|
12,782 | 2,937 | ||||||
|
Interest on securities:
|
||||||||
|
Taxable
|
16,539 | 18,384 | ||||||
|
Tax exempt
|
1,312 | 1,366 | ||||||
|
Interest on federal funds sold and securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements
|
4 | 6 | ||||||
|
Other interest income
|
355 | 330 | ||||||
|
Total Interest Income
|
95,455 | 95,882 | ||||||
|
Interest Expense
|
||||||||
|
Interest on deposits
|
4,909 | 7,353 | ||||||
|
Interest on federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements
|
81 | 171 | ||||||
|
Other interest expense
|
1,490 | 1,414 | ||||||
|
Total Interest Expense
|
6,480 | 8,938 | ||||||
|
Net Interest Income
|
88,975 | 86,944 | ||||||
|
Provision for loan losses, LHFI
|
(2,968 | ) | 3,293 | |||||
|
Provision for loan losses, acquired loans
|
130 | (194 | ) | |||||
|
Net Interest Income After Provision for Loan Losses
|
91,813 | 83,845 | ||||||
|
Noninterest Income
|
||||||||
|
Service charges on deposit accounts
|
11,681 | 12,211 | ||||||
|
Bank card and other fees
|
7,945 | 7,364 | ||||||
|
Mortgage banking, net
|
11,583 | 7,295 | ||||||
|
Insurance commissions
|
7,242 | 6,606 | ||||||
|
Wealth management
|
6,875 | 5,501 | ||||||
|
Other, net
|
(1,191 | ) | 3,758 | |||||
|
Securities gains, net
|
204 | 1,050 | ||||||
|
Total Noninterest Income
|
44,339 | 43,785 | ||||||
|
Noninterest Expense
|
||||||||
|
Salaries and employee benefits
|
53,592 | 46,432 | ||||||
|
Services and fees
|
13,032 | 10,747 | ||||||
|
Net occupancy - premises
|
5,955 | 4,938 | ||||||
|
Equipment expense
|
5,674 | 4,912 | ||||||
|
ORE/Foreclosure expense
|
3,820 | 3,902 | ||||||
|
FDIC assessment expense
|
2,021 | 1,775 | ||||||
|
Other expense
|
18,051 | 13,068 | ||||||
|
Total Noninterest Expense
|
102,145 | 85,774 | ||||||
|
Income Before Income Taxes
|
34,007 | 41,856 | ||||||
|
Income taxes
|
9,141 | 11,536 | ||||||
|
Net Income
|
$ | 24,866 | $ | 30,320 | ||||
|
Earnings Per Common Share
|
||||||||
|
Basic
|
$ | 0.38 | $ | 0.47 | ||||
|
Diluted
|
$ | 0.38 | $ | 0.47 | ||||
|
Dividends Per Common Share
|
$ | 0.23 | $ | 0.23 | ||||
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
4
Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
($ in thousands)
(Unaudited)
|
Three Months Ended
|
||||||||
|
March 31,
|
||||||||
|
2013
|
2012
|
|||||||
|
Net income per consolidated statements of income
|
$ | 24,866 | $ | 30,320 | ||||
|
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
|
||||||||
|
Unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities:
|
||||||||
|
Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during the period
|
1,380 | (1,916 | ) | |||||
|
Less: adjustment for net gains realized in net income
|
(126 | ) | (648 | ) | ||||
|
Pension and other postretirement benefit plans:
|
||||||||
|
Change in the net actuarial loss during the period
|
1,060 | 980 | ||||||
|
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
|
2,314 | (1,584 | ) | |||||
|
Comprehensive income
|
$ | 27,180 | $ | 28,736 | ||||
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
5
Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity
($ in thousands)
(Unaudited)
|
2013
|
2012
|
|||||||
|
Balance, January 1,
|
$ | 1,287,369 | $ | 1,215,037 | ||||
|
Net income per consolidated statements of income
|
24,866 | 30,320 | ||||||
|
Other comprehensive income (loss)
|
2,314 | (1,584 | ) | |||||
|
Common stock dividends paid
|
(15,560 | ) | (14,900 | ) | ||||
|
Common stock issued-net, long-term incentive plans:
|
||||||||
|
Stock options
|
109 | 33 | ||||||
|
Restricted stock
|
(938 | ) | (1,187 | ) | ||||
|
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation arrangements
|
269 | 674 | ||||||
|
Compensation expense, long-term incentive plans
|
1,022 | 1,127 | ||||||
|
Common stock issued, business combinations
|
53,495 | 12,000 | ||||||
|
Balance, March 31,
|
$ | 1,352,946 | $ | 1,241,520 | ||||
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
6
Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries
($ in thousands)
(Unaudited)
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
||||||||
|
2013
|
2012
|
|||||||
|
Operating Activities
|
||||||||
|
Net income
|
$ | 24,866 | $ | 30,320 | ||||
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
|
||||||||
|
Provision for loan losses, net
|
(2,838 | ) | 3,099 | |||||
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
8,380 | 6,589 | ||||||
|
Net amortization of securities
|
1,868 | 1,618 | ||||||
|
Securities gains, net
|
(204 | ) | (1,050 | ) | ||||
|
Gains on sales of loans, net
|
(10,165 | ) | (6,460 | ) | ||||
|
Bargain purchase gain on acquisition
|
- | (2,754 | ) | |||||
|
Deferred income tax provision
|
2,157 | 1,880 | ||||||
|
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale
|
402,159 | 378,255 | ||||||
|
Purchases and originations of loans held for sale
|
(382,425 | ) | (388,370 | ) | ||||
|
Originations and sales of mortgage servicing rights, net
|
(5,521 | ) | (4,478 | ) | ||||
|
Net (increase) decrease in other assets
|
(45,074 | ) | 4,000 | |||||
|
Net (decrease) increase in other liabilities
|
(5,740 | ) | 10,674 | |||||
|
Other operating activities, net
|
1,903 | 2,993 | ||||||
|
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities
|
(10,634 | ) | 36,316 | |||||
|
Investing Activities
|
||||||||
|
Proceeds from calls and maturities of securities held to maturity
|
3,580 | 5,699 | ||||||
|
Proceeds from calls and maturities of securities available for sale
|
272,858 | 234,155 | ||||||
|
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale
|
38,742 | - | ||||||
|
Purchases of securities held to maturity
|
(35,045 | ) | - | |||||
|
Purchases of securities available for sale
|
(667,299 | ) | (374,785 | ) | ||||
|
Net decrease in federal funds sold and securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements
|
1,120 | 2,957 | ||||||
|
Net decrease in loans
|
145,517 | 74,593 | ||||||
|
Purchases of premises and equipment
|
(2,228 | ) | (6,909 | ) | ||||
|
Proceeds from sales of other real estate
|
8,297 | 10,039 | ||||||
|
Net cash received in business combinations
|
89,037 | 78,151 | ||||||
|
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
|
(145,421 | ) | 23,900 | |||||
|
Financing Activities
|
||||||||
|
Net increase in deposits
|
272,660 | 315,587 | ||||||
|
Net decrease in federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements
|
(69,060 | ) | (349,622 | ) | ||||
|
Net (decrease) increase in short-term borrowings
|
(19,936 | ) | 74 | |||||
|
Payments on long-term FHLB advances
|
(82 | ) | - | |||||
|
Common stock dividends
|
(15,560 | ) | (14,900 | ) | ||||
|
Common stock issued-net, long-term incentive plans
|
(829 | ) | (1,154 | ) | ||||
|
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation arrangements
|
269 | 674 | ||||||
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
167,462 | (49,341 | ) | |||||
|
Increase in cash and cash equivalents
|
11,407 | 10,875 | ||||||
|
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
|
231,489 | 202,625 | ||||||
|
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
|
$ | 242,896 | $ | 213,500 | ||||
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
7
Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)
Trustmark Corporation (Trustmark) is a multi-bank holding company headquartered in Jackson, Mississippi. Through its subsidiaries, Trustmark operates as a financial services organization providing banking and financial solutions to corporate institutions and individual customers through approximately 220 offices in Alabama, Florida, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas.
The consolidated financial statements in this quarterly report on Form 10-Q include the accounts of Trustmark and all other entities in which Trustmark has a controlling financial interest. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, and notes thereto, included in Trustmark’s 2012 annual report on Form 10-K.
Operating results for the interim periods disclosed herein are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year or any future period. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period amounts to conform to the current period presentation. In the opinion of Management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for the fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements have been included. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with these accounting principles requires Management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and income and expense during the reporting period and the related disclosures. Although Management’s estimates contemplate current conditions and how they are expected to change in the future, it is reasonably possible that in 2013 actual conditions could vary from those anticipated, which could affect our results of operations and financial condition. The allowance for loan losses, the amount and timing of expected cash flows from acquired loans and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) indemnification asset, the valuation of other real estate, the fair value of mortgage servicing rights, the valuation of goodwill and other identifiable intangibles, the status of contingencies and the fair values of financial instruments are particularly subject to change. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Oxford, Mississippi Branches
On March 29, 2013, Trustmark National Bank (TNB), a subsidiary of Trustmark, announced the signing of a definitive Branch Purchase and Assumption Agreement (the Agreement) pursuant to which TNB will acquire the two branches of SOUTHBank, F.S.B. (SOUTHBank), serving the Oxford, Mississippi market. The Agreement contemplates the assumption of selected deposit accounts of approximately $11.8 million as well as the purchase of the physical branch offices. The proposed transaction, which is subject to regulatory approval and customary closing conditions, is expected to be completed during the summer of 2013. The proposed transaction is not material to Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements and is not considered a business combination in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 805, “Business Combinations.”
BancTrust Financial Group, Inc.
On February 15, 2013, Trustmark completed its merger with BancTrust Financial Group, Inc. (BancTrust), a 26-year-old bank holding company headquartered in Mobile, Alabama. In accordance with the terms of the definitive agreement, the holders of BancTrust common stock received 0.125 of a share of Trustmark common stock for each share of BancTrust common stock in a tax-free exchange. Trustmark issued approximately 2.24 million shares of its common stock for all issued and outstanding shares of BancTrust common stock. The total value of the 2.24 million shares of Trustmark common stock issued to the BancTrust shareholders on the acquisition date was approximately $53.5 million, based on a closing stock price of $23.83 per share of Trustmark common stock on February 15, 2013. At closing, Trustmark repurchased the $50.0 million of BancTrust preferred stock and associated warrant issued to the U.S. Department of Treasury under the Capital Purchase Program for approximately $52.6 million.
This acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 805. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities, both tangible and intangible, are recorded at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. The estimated fair values were considered preliminary as of March 31, 2013 and are subject to refinement as additional information relative to the closing date fair values becomes available through the measurement period,
which is not to exceed one year from the acquisition date of February 15, 2013
.
8
The acquisition of BancTrust is consistent with Trustmark’s strategic plan to selectively expand the Trustmark franchise. The acquisition of BancTrust provided Trustmark entry into more than 15 markets in Alabama and enhanced the Trustmark franchise in the Florida Panhandle. The statement of assets purchased and liabilities assumed in the BancTrust acquisition is presented below at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date of February 15, 2013 ($ in thousands):
|
Assets:
|
||||
|
Cash and due from banks
|
$ | 141,616 | ||
|
Securities
|
528,016 | |||
|
Loans held for sale
|
1,050 | |||
|
Acquired noncovered loans
|
951,011 | |||
|
Premises and equipment, net
|
57,146 | |||
|
Identifiable intangible assets
|
33,498 | |||
|
Other real estate
|
41,168 | |||
|
Other assets
|
98,373 | |||
|
Total Assets
|
1,851,878 | |||
|
Liabilities:
|
||||
|
Deposits
|
1,740,254 | |||
|
Other borrowings
|
64,051 | |||
|
Other liabilities
|
16,761 | |||
|
Total Liabilities
|
1,821,066 | |||
|
Net identified assets acquired at fair value
|
30,812 | |||
|
Goodwill
|
75,262 | |||
|
Net assets acquired at fair value
|
$ | 106,074 | ||
The excess of the consideration paid over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired was $75.3 million, which was recorded as goodwill under FASB ASC Topic 805. The identifiable intangible assets acquired represent the core deposit intangible at fair value at the acquisition date. The core deposit intangible is being amortized on an accelerated basis over the estimated useful life, currently expected to be approximately 10 years.
Loans acquired from BancTrust were evaluated under a fair value process involving various degrees of deterioration in credit quality since origination, and also for those loans for which it was probable at acquisition that Trustmark would not be able to collect all contractually required payments. These loans, with the exception of revolving credit agreements and leases, are referred to as acquired impaired loans and are accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 310-30, “Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality.” Refer to Note 5 – Acquired Loans for further information on acquired loans.
The following table illustrates loans (including LHFS) and other real estate acquired from BancTrust, the credit mark and the resulting fair values as of February 15, 2013 ($ in thousands):
|
Balance
|
Total Credit Mark
|
Fair Value
|
||||||||||||||
|
2/15/2013
|
$ | % |
2/15/2013
|
|||||||||||||
|
Loans secured by real estate:
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Construction, land development and other land loans
|
$ | 236,237 | $ | 100,045 | 42.3 | % | $ | 136,192 | ||||||||
|
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
|
216,444 | 22,914 | 10.6 | % | 193,530 | |||||||||||
|
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
|
329,026 | 28,140 | 8.6 | % | 300,886 | |||||||||||
|
Other real estate secured
|
34,715 | 2,751 | 7.9 | % | 31,964 | |||||||||||
|
Commercial and industrial loans
|
262,536 | 25,489 | 9.7 | % | 237,047 | |||||||||||
|
Consumer loans
|
40,808 | 2,152 | 5.3 | % | 38,656 | |||||||||||
|
Other loans
|
14,248 | 462 | 3.2 | % | 13,786 | |||||||||||
|
Total loans acquired from BancTrust
|
1,134,014 | 181,953 | 16.0 | % | 952,061 | |||||||||||
|
Other real estate
|
58,083 | 16,915 | 29.1 | % | 41,168 | |||||||||||
|
Total loans and other real estate acquired from BancTrust
|
$ | 1,192,097 | $ | 198,868 | 16.7 | % | $ | 993,229 | ||||||||
The operations of BancTrust are included in Trustmark’s operating results from February 15, 2013, and added revenue of $9.4 million and net income available to common shareholders, excluding non-routine transaction expenses, of approximately $2.0 million through March 31, 2013. Included in noninterest expense during the first quarter of 2013 are non-routine BancTrust transaction expenses totaling approximately $9.4 million (change in control and severance expense of $1.4 million included in salaries and benefits; professional fees, contract termination and other expenses of $7.9 million included in other expense). Such operating results are not necessarily indicative of future operating results.
9
The following table presents the unaudited pro forma financial information as if the acquisition of BancTrust had occurred on January 1, 2012. The unaudited pro forma information for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, contains certain adjustments, including acquisition accounting fair value adjustments, amortization of the core deposit intangible and related income tax effects. The non-routine transaction expenses related to the BancTrust acquisition incurred during the first three months of 2013 as well as potential cost savings from the acquisition are not reflected in the unaudited pro forma amounts. The unaudited pro forma financial information is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that would have occurred had the acquisition been effected on the assumed date ($ in thousands except per share data).
|
Pro Forma
|
||||||||
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
||||||||
|
2013
|
2012
|
|||||||
|
Net Interest Income
|
$ | 96,514 | $ | 102,872 | ||||
|
Total Noninterest Income
|
46,202 | 47,634 | ||||||
|
Net Income
|
32,675 | 34,531 | ||||||
|
Pro Forma Earnings Per Common Share
|
||||||||
|
Basic
|
$ | 0.49 | $ | 0.52 | ||||
|
Diluted
|
$ | 0.49 | $ | 0.52 | ||||
Bay Bank & Trust Company
On March 16, 2012, Trustmark completed its merger with Bay Bank & Trust Co. (Bay Bank), a 76-year old financial institution headquartered in Panama City, Florida. Trustmark acquired all outstanding common stock of Bay Bank for approximately $22 million in cash and stock, comprised of $10 million in cash and the issuance of approximately 510 thousand shares of Trustmark common stock valued at $12 million. This acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 805. Accordingly, the assets and liabilities, both tangible and intangible, are recorded at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. The purchase price allocation was deemed preliminary as of March 31, 2012 and was finalized in the second quarter of 2012.
10
The statement of assets purchased and liabilities assumed in the Bay Bank acquisition is presented below at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date of March 16, 2012 ($ in thousands):
|
Assets:
|
||||
|
Cash and due from banks
|
$ | 88,154 | ||
|
Securities available for sale
|
26,369 | |||
|
Acquired noncovered loans
|
97,914 | |||
|
Premises and equipment, net
|
9,466 | |||
|
Identifiable intangible assets
|
7,017 | |||
|
Other real estate
|
2,569 | |||
|
Other assets
|
3,471 | |||
|
Total Assets
|
234,960 | |||
|
Liabilities:
|
||||
|
Deposits
|
208,796 | |||
|
Other liabilities
|
526 | |||
|
Total Liabilities
|
209,322 | |||
|
Net assets acquired at fair value
|
25,638 | |||
|
Consideration paid to Bay Bank
|
22,003 | |||
|
Bargain purchase gain
|
3,635 | |||
|
Income taxes
|
- | |||
|
Bargain purchase gain, net of taxes
|
$ | 3,635 | ||
The bargain purchase gain represents the excess of the net of the estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed over the consideration paid to Bay Bank. Initially, Trustmark recognized a bargain purchase gain of $2.8 million during the first quarter of 2012 and subsequently increased the bargain purchase gain $881 thousand during the second quarter of 2012 as the fair values associated with the Bay Bank acquisition were finalized. The gain of $3.6 million recognized by Trustmark is considered a gain from a bargain purchase under FASB ASC Topic 805 and is included in other noninterest income. Included in noninterest expense during the first quarter of 2012 are non-routine Bay Bank transaction expenses totaling approximately $2.6 million (change in control and severance expense of $672 thousand included in salaries and benefits; contract termination and other expenses of $1.9 million included in other expense).
The identifiable intangible assets represent the core deposit intangible at fair value at the acquisition date. The core deposit intangible is being amortized on an accelerated basis over the estimated useful life, currently expected to be approximately 10 years.
Loans acquired from Bay Bank were evaluated under a fair value process involving various degrees of deterioration in credit quality since origination, and also for those loans for which it was probable at acquisition that Trustmark would not be able to collect all contractually required payments. These loans, with the exception of revolving credit agreements, are referred to as acquired impaired loans and are accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 310-30.
Refer to Note 5 – Acquired Loans for further information on acquired loans.
Fair Value of Acquired Financial Instruments
For financial instruments measured at fair value, Trustmark utilized Level 2 inputs to determine the fair value of securities available for sale, time deposits (included in deposits above) and FHLB advances. Level 3 inputs were used to determine the fair value of acquired loans, identifiable intangible assets, and other real estate. The methodology and significant assumptions used in estimating the fair values of these financial assets and liabilities are as follows:
Securities Available for Sale
Estimated fair values for securities available for sale are based on quoted market prices where available. If quoted market prices are not available, estimated fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable instruments.
Acquired Loans
Fair value of acquired loans is determined using a discounted cash flow model based on assumptions regarding the amount and timing of principal and interest payments, estimated prepayments, estimated default rates, estimated loss severity in the event of defaults and current market rates.
11
Identifiable Intangible Assets
The fair value assigned to the identifiable intangible assets, in this case core deposit intangibles, represent the future economic benefit of the potential cost savings from acquiring core deposits in the acquisition compared to the cost of obtaining alternative funding from market sources.
Other Real Estate
Other real estate was initially recorded at its estimated fair value on the acquisition date based on similar market comparable valuations less estimated selling costs.
Time Deposits
Time deposits were valued by projecting expected cash flows into the future based on each account’s contracted rate and then determining the present value of those expected cash flows using current rates for deposits with similar maturities.
FHLB Advances
FHLB advances were valued by projecting expected cash flows into the future based on each account’s contracted rate and then determining the present value of those expected cash flows using current rates for advances with similar maturities.
Please refer to Note 16 – Fair Value for more information on Trustmark’s classification of financial instruments based on valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy.
12
The following table is a summary of the amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities available for sale and held to maturity ($ in thousands):
|
Securities Available for Sale
|
Securities Held to Maturity
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Gross
|
Gross
|
Estimated
|
Gross
|
Gross
|
Estimated
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Amortized
|
Unrealized
|
Unrealized
|
Fair
|
Amortized
|
Unrealized
|
Unrealized
|
Fair
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
March 31, 2013
|
Cost
|
Gains
|
(Losses)
|
Value
|
Cost
|
Gains
|
(Losses)
|
Value
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
U.S. Treasury securities
|
$ | 506 | $ | - | $ | - | $ | 506 | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||||||||||||
|
U.S. Government agency obligations
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Issued by U.S. Government agencies
|
138,449 | 2,896 | (119 | ) | 141,226 | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Issued by U.S. Government sponsored agencies
|
185,541 | 938 | (186 | ) | 186,293 | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
|
206,189 | 12,295 | (17 | ) | 218,467 | 33,071 | 4,058 | - | 37,129 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Mortgage-backed securities
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Residential mortgage pass-through securities
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Guaranteed by GNMA
|
50,560 | 768 | (190 | ) | 51,138 | 2,932 | 207 | - | 3,139 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Issued by FNMA and FHLMC
|
234,806 | 6,577 | (18 | ) | 241,365 | 569 | 49 | - | 618 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Other residential mortgage-backed securities
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA
|
2,059,567 | 31,724 | (775 | ) | 2,090,516 | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA
|
359,650 | 17,701 | (281 | ) | 377,070 | 37,094 | 208 | (92 | ) | 37,210 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Asset-backed securities
|
236,016 | 3,486 | - | 239,502 | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Total
|
$ | 3,471,284 | $ | 76,385 | $ | (1,586 | ) | $ | 3,546,083 | $ | 73,666 | $ | 4,522 | $ | (92 | ) | $ | 78,096 | ||||||||||||||
|
December 31, 2012
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
U.S. Government agency obligations
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Issued by U.S. Government agencies
|
$ | 10 | $ | - | $ | - | $ | 10 | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | ||||||||||||||||
|
Issued by U.S. Government sponsored agencies
|
105,396 | 339 | - | 105,735 | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
|
202,877 | 12,900 | (16 | ) | 215,761 | 36,206 | 4,184 | - | 40,390 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Mortgage-backed securities
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Residential mortgage pass-through securities
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Guaranteed by GNMA
|
18,981 | 921 | - | 19,902 | 3,245 | 227 | - | 3,472 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Issued by FNMA and FHLMC
|
201,493 | 7,071 | - | 208,564 | 572 | 52 | - | 624 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Other residential mortgage-backed securities
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA
|
1,436,812 | 29,574 | (20 | ) | 1,466,366 | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA
|
380,514 | 19,420 | (154 | ) | 399,780 | 2,165 | 237 | - | 2,402 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Asset-backed securities
|
238,893 | 2,755 | (21 | ) | 241,627 | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Total
|
$ | 2,584,976 | $ | 72,980 | $ | (211 | ) | $ | 2,657,745 | $ | 42,188 | $ | 4,700 | $ | - | $ | 46,888 | |||||||||||||||
13
Temporarily Impaired Securities
The table below includes securities with gross unrealized losses segregated by length of impairment ($ in thousands):
|
Less than 12 Months
|
12 Months or More
|
Total
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Gross
|
Gross
|
Gross
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Estimated
|
Unrealized
|
Estimated
|
Unrealized
|
Estimated
|
Unrealized
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
March 31, 2013
|
Fair Value
|
(Losses)
|
Fair Value
|
(Losses)
|
Fair Value
|
(Losses)
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
U.S. Government agency obligations
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Issued by U.S. Government agencies
|
$ | 11,007 | $ | (119 | ) | $ | - | $ | - | $ | 11,007 | $ | (119 | ) | ||||||||||
|
Issued by U.S. Government sponsored agencies
|
39,920 | (186 | ) | - | - | 39,920 | (186 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
|
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
|
3,689 | (16 | ) | 573 | (1 | ) | 4,262 | (17 | ) | |||||||||||||||
|
Mortgage-backed securities
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Residential mortgage pass-through securities
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Guaranteed by GNMA
|
30,062 | (190 | ) | - | - | 30,062 | (190 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
|
Issued by FNMA and FHLMC
|
39,551 | (18 | ) | - | - | 39,551 | (18 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
|
Other residential mortgage-backed securities
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA
|
263,436 | (775 | ) | - | - | 263,436 | (775 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA
|
64,343 | (373 | ) | - | - | 64,343 | (373 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
|
Total
|
$ | 452,008 | $ | (1,677 | ) | $ | 573 | $ | (1 | ) | $ | 452,581 | $ | (1,678 | ) | |||||||||
|
December 31, 2012
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
|
$ | 5,878 | $ | (16 | ) | $ | - | $ | - | $ | 5,878 | $ | (16 | ) | ||||||||||
|
Mortgage-backed securities
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Other residential mortgage-backed securities
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA
|
3,055 | (20 | ) | - | - | 3,055 | (20 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA
|
- | - | 16,339 | (154 | ) | 16,339 | (154 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
|
Asset-backed securities
|
16,412 | (21 | ) | - | - | 16,412 | (21 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
|
Total
|
$ | 25,345 | $ | (57 | ) | $ | 16,339 | $ | (154 | ) | $ | 41,684 | $ | (211 | ) | |||||||||
Declines in the fair value of held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities below their cost that are deemed to be other than temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses to the extent the impairment is related to credit losses. The amount of the impairment related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income (loss). In estimating other-than-temporary impairment losses, Management considers, among other things, the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer and the intent and ability of Trustmark to hold the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. The unrealized losses shown above are primarily due to increases in market rates over the yields available at the time of purchase of the underlying securities and not credit quality. Because Trustmark does not intend to sell these securities and it is more likely than not that Trustmark will not be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be maturity, Trustmark does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at March 31, 2013. There were no other-than-temporary impairments for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012.
Security Gains and Losses
Gains and losses as a result of calls and dispositions of securities were as follows ($ in thousands):
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|||||||||
|
Available for Sale
|
2013
|
2012
|
|||||||
|
Proceeds from calls and sales of securities
|
$ | 35,748 | $ | - | |||||
|
Gross realized gains
|
204 | 1,050 | |||||||
Realized gains and losses are determined using the specific identification method and are included in noninterest income as securities gains, net.
14
Contractual Maturities
The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities available for sale and held to maturity at March 31, 2013, by contractual maturity, are shown below ($ in thousands). Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
|
Securities
|
Securities
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Available for Sale
|
Held to Maturity
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Estimated
|
Estimated
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Amortized
|
Fair
|
Amortized
|
Fair
|
|||||||||||||
|
Cost
|
Value
|
Cost
|
Value
|
|||||||||||||
|
Due in one year or less
|
$ | 12,298 | $ | 12,349 | $ | 1,622 | $ | 1,634 | ||||||||
|
Due after one year through five years
|
106,600 | 110,902 | 15,450 | 16,744 | ||||||||||||
|
Due after five years through ten years
|
389,757 | 399,690 | 14,772 | 17,456 | ||||||||||||
|
Due after ten years
|
258,046 | 263,053 | 1,227 | 1,295 | ||||||||||||
| 766,701 | 785,994 | 33,071 | 37,129 | |||||||||||||
|
Mortgage-backed securities
|
2,704,583 | 2,760,089 | 40,595 | 40,967 | ||||||||||||
|
Total
|
$ | 3,471,284 | $ | 3,546,083 | $ | 73,666 | $ | 78,096 | ||||||||
For the periods presented, LHFI consisted of the following ($ in thousands):
|
March 31, 2013
|
December 31, 2012
|
|||||||
|
Loans secured by real estate:
|
||||||||
|
Construction, land development and other land loans
|
$ | 485,419 | $ | 468,975 | ||||
|
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
|
1,372,901 | 1,497,480 | ||||||
|
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
|
1,385,669 | 1,410,264 | ||||||
|
Other
|
174,680 | 189,949 | ||||||
|
Commercial and industrial loans
|
1,206,851 | 1,169,513 | ||||||
|
Consumer loans
|
160,253 | 171,660 | ||||||
|
Other loans
|
688,623 | 684,913 | ||||||
|
LHFI
|
5,474,396 | 5,592,754 | ||||||
|
Less allowance for loan losses, LHFI
|
76,900 | 78,738 | ||||||
|
Net LHFI
|
$ | 5,397,496 | $ | 5,514,016 | ||||
Loan Concentrations
Trustmark does not have any loan concentrations other than those reflected in the preceding table, which exceed 10% of total LHFI. At March 31, 2013, Trustmark's geographic loan distribution was concentrated primarily in its five key market regions, Alabama, Florida, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas. Accordingly, the ultimate collectability of a substantial portion of these loans and the recovery of a substantial portion of the carrying amount of other real estate are susceptible to changes in market conditions in these areas.
Nonaccrual/Impaired LHFI
At March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the carrying amounts of nonaccrual LHFI, which are individually evaluated for impairment, were $83.3 million and $82.4 million, respectively. Of this total, all commercial nonaccrual LHFI over $500 thousand were specifically evaluated for impairment (specifically evaluated impaired LHFI) using a fair value approach. The remaining nonaccrual LHFI were not all specifically reviewed and written down to fair value less cost to sell. No material interest income was recognized in the income statement on impaired or nonaccrual loans for each of the periods ended March 31, 2013 and 2012.
All of Trustmark’s specifically evaluated impaired LHFI are collateral dependent loans. At March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, specifically evaluated impaired LHFI totaled $33.0 million and $40.6 million, respectively. In addition, these specifically evaluated impaired LHFI had a related allowance of $3.5 million and $5.9 million at the end of the respective periods. For collateral dependent loans, when a loan is deemed impaired, the full difference between the carrying amount of the loan and the most likely estimate of the asset’s fair value less cost to sell is charged off. Charge-offs related to specifically evaluated impaired LHFI totaled $986 thousand and $1.4 million for the first three months of 2013 and 2012, respectively. Provision recapture on specifically evaluated impaired LFHI totaled $1.3 million and $864 thousand for the first three months of 2013 and 2012, respectively.
15
Fair value estimates for specifically evaluated impaired LHFI are derived from appraised values based on the current market /as is value of the property, normally from recently received and reviewed appraisals. If an appraisal with an inspection date within the past 12 months using the necessary assumptions is not in the file, a new appraisal is ordered. Appraisals are obtained from state-certified appraisers and are based on certain assumptions, which may include construction or development status and the highest and best use of the property. These appraisals are reviewed by Trustmark’s Appraisal Review Department to ensure they are acceptable, and values are adjusted down for costs associated with asset disposal. Once this estimated net realizable value has been determined, the value used in the impairment assessment is updated. At the time a specifically evaluated impaired LHFI is deemed to be impaired, the full difference between book value and the most likely estimate of the asset’s net realizable value is charged off. As subsequent events dictate and estimated net realizable values decline, required reserves may be established or further adjustments recorded.
At March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, nonaccrual LHFI not specifically reviewed for impairment and written down to fair value less cost to sell, totaled $50.3 million and $41.8 million, respectively. In addition, these nonaccrual LHFI had allocated allowance for loan losses of $7.6 million and $4.6 million at the end of the respective periods.
The following table details LHFI individually and collectively evaluated for impairment at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 ($ in thousands):
|
March 31, 2013
|
||||||||||||
|
LHFI Evaluated for Impairment
|
||||||||||||
|
Individually
|
Collectively
|
Total
|
||||||||||
|
Loans secured by real estate:
|
||||||||||||
|
Construction, land development and other land loans
|
$ | 24,443 | $ | 460,976 | $ | 485,419 | ||||||
|
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
|
27,149 | 1,345,752 | 1,372,901 | |||||||||
|
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
|
17,880 | 1,367,789 | 1,385,669 | |||||||||
|
Other
|
1,040 | 173,640 | 174,680 | |||||||||
|
Commercial and industrial loans
|
9,053 | 1,197,798 | 1,206,851 | |||||||||
|
Consumer loans
|
277 | 159,976 | 160,253 | |||||||||
|
Other loans
|
3,480 | 685,143 | 688,623 | |||||||||
|
Total
|
$ | 83,322 | $ | 5,391,074 | $ | 5,474,396 | ||||||
|
December 31, 2012
|
||||||||||||
|
LHFI Evaluated for Impairment
|
||||||||||||
|
Individually
|
Collectively
|
Total
|
||||||||||
|
Loans secured by real estate:
|
||||||||||||
|
Construction, land development and other land loans
|
$ | 27,105 | $ | 441,870 | $ | 468,975 | ||||||
|
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
|
27,114 | 1,470,366 | 1,497,480 | |||||||||
|
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
|
18,289 | 1,391,975 | 1,410,264 | |||||||||
|
Other
|
3,956 | 185,993 | 189,949 | |||||||||
|
Commercial and industrial loans
|
4,741 | 1,164,772 | 1,169,513 | |||||||||
|
Consumer loans
|
360 | 171,300 | 171,660 | |||||||||
|
Other loans
|
798 | 684,115 | 684,913 | |||||||||
|
Total
|
$ | 82,363 | $ | 5,510,391 | $ | 5,592,754 | ||||||
At March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the carrying amount of LHFI individually evaluated for impairment consisted of the following ($ in thousands):
16
|
March 31, 2013
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
LHFI
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Unpaid
|
With No Related
|
With an
|
Total
|
Average
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Principal
|
Allowance
|
Allowance
|
Carrying
|
Related
|
Recorded
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
Balance
|
Recorded
|
Recorded
|
Amount
|
Allowance
|
Investment
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
Loans secured by real estate:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Construction, land development and other land loans
|
$ | 39,955 | $ | 10,483 | $ | 13,960 | $ | 24,443 | $ | 3,514 | $ | 25,774 | ||||||||||||
|
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
|
35,509 | 2,461 | 24,688 | 27,149 | 1,117 | 27,131 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
|
20,528 | 7,976 | 9,904 | 17,880 | 2,170 | 18,085 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Other
|
1,543 | 555 | 485 | 1,040 | 32 | 2,498 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial and industrial loans
|
11,629 | 2,100 | 6,953 | 9,053 | 3,584 | 6,897 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Consumer loans
|
525 | - | 277 | 277 | 2 | 319 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Other loans
|
3,586 | 50 | 3,430 | 3,480 | 594 | 2,139 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Total
|
$ | 113,275 | $ | 23,625 | $ | 59,697 | $ | 83,322 | $ | 11,013 | $ | 82,843 | ||||||||||||
|
December 31, 2012
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
LHFI
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Unpaid
|
With No Related
|
With an
|
Total
|
Average
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Principal
|
Allowance
|
Allowance
|
Carrying
|
Related
|
Recorded
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
Balance
|
Recorded
|
Recorded
|
Amount
|
Allowance
|
Investment
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
Loans secured by real estate:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Construction, land development and other land loans
|
$ | 46,558 | $ | 9,571 | $ | 17,534 | $ | 27,105 | $ | 4,992 | $ | 33,759 | ||||||||||||
|
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
|
35,155 | 2,533 | 24,581 | 27,114 | 1,469 | 25,731 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
|
23,337 | 8,184 | 10,105 | 18,289 | 2,296 | 21,135 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Other
|
6,036 | 566 | 3,390 | 3,956 | 760 | 4,914 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial and industrial loans
|
7,251 | 2,336 | 2,405 | 4,741 | 640 | 9,444 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Consumer loans
|
624 | - | 360 | 360 | 5 | 592 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Other loans
|
857 | - | 798 | 798 | 342 | 835 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Total
|
$ | 119,818 | $ | 23,190 | $ | 59,173 | $ | 82,363 | $ | 10,504 | $ | 96,410 | ||||||||||||
A troubled debt restructuring (TDR) occurs when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, and for related economic or legal reasons, a concession is granted to the borrower that Trustmark would not otherwise consider. Whatever the form of a concession granted by Trustmark, the objective is to make the best of a difficult situation by obtaining more cash or other value from the borrower or by increasing the probability of receipt by granting the concession than by not granting it. Other concessions may arise from court proceedings or may be imposed by law. In addition, TDRs also include those credits that are extended or renewed to a borrower who is not able to obtain funds from sources other than Trustmark at a market interest rate for new debt with similar risk.
A formal TDR may include, but is not necessarily limited to, one or a combination of the following situations:
|
|
·
|
Trustmark accepts a third-party receivable or other asset(s) of the borrower, in lieu of the receivable from the borrower.
|
|
|
·
|
Trustmark accepts an equity interest in the borrower in lieu of the receivable.
|
|
|
·
|
Trustmark accepts modification of the terms of the debt including but not limited to:
|
|
|
o
|
Reduction of (absolute or contingent) the stated interest rate to below the current market rate.
|
|
|
o
|
Extension of the maturity date or dates at a stated interest rate lower than the current market rate for new debt with similar risk.
|
|
|
o
|
Reduction (absolute or contingent) of the face amount or maturity amount of the debt as stated in the note or other agreement.
|
|
|
o
|
Reduction (absolute or contingent) of accrued interest.
|
17
Troubled debt restructurings are addressed in Trustmark’s loan policy, and in accordance with that policy, any modifications or concessions that may result in a TDR are subject to a special approval process which allows for control, identification, and monitoring of these arrangements. Prior to granting a concession, a revised borrowing arrangement is proposed which is structured so as to improve collectability of the loan in accordance with a reasonable repayment schedule with any loss promptly identified. It is supported by a thorough evaluation of the borrower’s financial condition and prospects for repayment under those revised terms. Other TDRs arising from renewals or extensions of existing debt are routinely identified through the processes utilized in the Problem Loan Committees and in the Credit Quality Review Committee. All TDRs are subsequently reported to the Director Credit Policy Committee on a quarterly basis and are disclosed in Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP and regulatory reporting guidance.
All loans whose terms have been modified in a troubled debt restructuring are evaluated for impairment under FASB ASC Topic 310. Accordingly, Trustmark measures any loss on the restructuring in accordance with that guidance. A TDR in which Trustmark receives physical possession of the borrower’s assets, regardless of whether formal foreclosure or repossession proceedings take place, is accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC Subtopic 310-40, “Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors.” Thus, the loan is treated as if assets have been received in satisfaction of the loan and reported as a foreclosed asset.
A TDR may be returned to accrual status if Trustmark is reasonably assured of repayment of principal and interest under the modified terms and the borrower has demonstrated sustained performance under those terms for a period of at least six months. Otherwise, the restructured loan must remain on nonaccrual.
At March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, LHFI classified as TDRs totaled $24.7 million and $24.3 million, respectively, and were primarily comprised of credits with interest-only payments for an extended period of time totaling $16.8 million and $21.6 million, respectively. The remaining TDRs at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 resulted from real estate loans discharged through Chapter 7 bankruptcy that were not reaffirmed or from payment or maturity extensions.
For TDRs, Trustmark had a related loan loss allowance of $4.0 million and $4.3 million at the end of each respective period. Specific charge-offs related to TDRs totaled $60 thousand and $563 thousand for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. LHFI that are TDRs are charged down to the most likely fair value estimate less an estimated cost to sell for collateral dependent loans, which would approximate net realizable value.
18
The following table illustrates the impact of modifications classified as TDRs for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 as well as those TDRs modified within the last 12 months for which there was a payment default during the period ($ in thousands):
|
Three Months Ended March 31, 2013
|
||||||||||||
|
Troubled Debt Restructurings
|
Number of Contracts
|
Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
|
Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
|
|||||||||
|
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
|
2 | 249 | 193 | |||||||||
|
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
|
1 | 952 | 952 | |||||||||
|
Commercial and industrial
|
2 | 944 | 937 | |||||||||
|
Other loans
|
1 | 2,490 | 2,490 | |||||||||
|
Total
|
6 | $ | 4,635 | $ | 4,572 | |||||||
|
Three Months Ended March 31, 2012
|
||||||||||||
|
Troubled Debt Restructurings
|
Number of Contracts
|
Pre-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
|
Post-Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment
|
|||||||||
|
Construction, land development and other land loans
|
8 | $ | 3,611 | $ | 3,611 | |||||||
|
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
|
2 | 1,009 | 1,009 | |||||||||
|
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
|
2 | 1,210 | 1,210 | |||||||||
|
Total
|
12 | $ | 5,830 | $ | 5,830 | |||||||
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
||||||||||||||||
|
2013
|
2012
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Troubled Debt Restructurings that Subsequently Defaulted
|
Number of Contracts
|
Recorded Investment
|
Number of Contracts
|
Recorded Investment
|
||||||||||||
|
Construction, land development and other land loans
|
4 | $ | 236 | 1 | $ | 299 | ||||||||||
|
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
|
19 | 1,506 | 3 | 1,382 | ||||||||||||
|
Total
|
23 | $ | 1,742 | 4 | $ | 1,681 | ||||||||||
Trustmark’s TDRs have resulted primarily from allowing the borrower to pay interest-only for an extended period of time rather than from forgiveness. Accordingly, as shown above, these TDRs have a similar recorded investment for both the pre-modification and post-modification disclosure. Trustmark has utilized loans 90 days or more past due to define payment default in determining TDRs that have subsequently defaulted.
19
At March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the following table details LHFI classified as TDRs by loan type ($ in thousands):
|
March 31, 2013
|
||||||||||||
|
Accruing
|
Nonaccrual
|
Total
|
||||||||||
|
Construction, land development and other land loans
|
$ | 231 | $ | 10,720 | $ | 10,951 | ||||||
|
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
|
1,163 | 5,528 | 6,691 | |||||||||
|
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
|
- | 3,454 | 3,454 | |||||||||
|
Other loans secured by real estate
|
- | 2,677 | 2,677 | |||||||||
|
Commercial and industrial
|
- | 936 | 936 | |||||||||
|
Total Troubled Debt Restructurings by Type
|
$ | 1,394 | $ | 23,315 | $ | 24,709 | ||||||
|
December 31, 2012
|
||||||||||||
|
Accruing
|
Nonaccrual
|
Total
|
||||||||||
|
Construction, land development and other land loans
|
$ | 233 | $ | 12,073 | $ | 12,306 | ||||||
|
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
|
1,280 | 5,908 | 7,188 | |||||||||
|
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
|
- | 4,582 | 4,582 | |||||||||
|
Other loans secured by real estate
|
- | 197 | 197 | |||||||||
|
Total Troubled Debt Restructurings by Type
|
$ | 1,513 | $ | 22,760 | $ | 24,273 | ||||||
Credit Quality Indicators
Trustmark’s loan portfolio credit quality indicators focus on six key quality ratios that are compared against bank tolerances. The loan indicators are total classified outstanding, total criticized outstanding, nonperforming loans, nonperforming assets, delinquencies and net loan losses. Due to the homogenous nature of consumer loans, Trustmark does not assign a formal internal risk rating to each credit and therefore the criticized and classified measures are unique to commercial loans.
In addition to monitoring portfolio credit quality indictors, Trustmark also measures how effectively the lending process is being managed and risks are being identified. As part of an ongoing monitoring process, Trustmark grades the commercial portfolio as it relates to credit file completion and financial statement exceptions, total policy exceptions, collateral exceptions and violations of law as shown below:
|
|
·
|
Credit File Completeness and Financial Statement Exceptions – evaluates the quality and condition of credit files in terms of content, completeness and organization and focuses on efforts to obtain and document sufficient information to determine the quality and status of credits. Also included is an evaluation of the systems/procedures used to insure compliance with policy such as financial statements, review memos and loan agreements.
|
|
|
·
|
Underwriting/Policy – evaluates whether credits are adequately analyzed, appropriately structured and properly approved within requirements of bank loan policy. A properly approved credit is approved by adequate authority in a timely manner with all conditions of approval fulfilled. Total policy exceptions measures the level of underwriting and other policy exceptions within a loan portfolio.
|
|
|
·
|
Collateral Documentation – focuses on the adequacy of documentation to support the obligation, perfect Trustmark’s collateral position and protect collateral value. There are two parts to this measure:
|
|
|
ü
|
Collateral exceptions are where certain collateral documentation is either not present, is not considered current or has expired.
|
|
|
ü
|
90 days and over collateral exceptions are where certain collateral documentation is either not present, is not considered current or has expired and the exception has been identified in excess of 90 days.
|
|
|
·
|
Compliance with Law – focuses on underwriting, documentation, approval and reporting in compliance with banking laws and regulations. Primary emphasis is directed to Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 (FIRREA) and Regulation O requirements.
|
Commercial Credits
Trustmark has established a loan grading system that consists of ten individual credit risk grades (risk ratings) that encompass a range from loans where the expectation of loss is negligible to loans where loss has been established. The model is based on the risk of default for an individual credit and establishes certain criteria to delineate the level of risk across the ten unique credit risk grades. Credit risk grade definitions are as follows:
20
|
|
·
|
Risk Rate (RR) 1 through RR 6 – Grades one through six represent groups of loans that are not subject to adverse criticism as defined in regulatory guidance. Loans in these groups exhibit characteristics that represent low to moderate risk measured by using a variety of credit risk criteria such as cash flow coverage, debt service coverage, balance sheet leverage, liquidity, management experience, industry position, prevailing economic conditions, support from secondary sources of repayment and other credit factors that may be relevant to a specific loan. In general, these loans are supported by properly margined collateral and guarantees of principal parties.
|
|
|
·
|
Other Assets Especially Mentioned (OAEM) (RR 7) – a loan that has a potential weakness that if not corrected will lead to a more severe rating. This rating is for credits that are currently protected but potentially weak because of an adverse feature or condition that if not corrected will lead to a further downgrade.
|
|
|
·
|
Substandard (RR 8) – a loan that has at least one identified weakness that is well defined. This rating is for credits where the primary sources of repayment are not viable at this time or where either the capital or collateral is not adequate to support the loan and the secondary means of repayment do not provide a sufficient level of support to offset the identified weakness. Loss potential exists in the aggregate amount of substandard loans but does not necessarily exist in individual loans.
|
|
|
·
|
Doubtful (RR 9) – a loan with an identified weakness that does not have a valid secondary source of repayment. Generally these credits have an impaired primary source of repayment and secondary sources are not sufficient to prevent a loss in the credit. The exact amount of the loss has not been determined at this time.
|
|
|
·
|
Loss (RR 10) – a loan or a portion of a loan that is deemed to be uncollectible.
|
By definition, credit risk grades OAEM (RR 7), substandard (RR 8), doubtful (RR 9) and loss (RR 10) are criticized loans while substandard (RR 8), doubtful (RR 9) and loss (RR 10) are classified loans. These definitions are standardized by all bank regulatory agencies and are generally equally applied to each individual lending institution. The remaining credit risk grades are considered pass credits and are solely defined by Trustmark.
The credit risk grades represent the probability of default (PD) for an individual credit and as such are not a direct indication of loss given default (LGD). The LGD aspect of the subject risk ratings is neither uniform across the nine primary commercial loan groups or constant between the geographic areas. To account for the variance in the LGD aspects of the risk rate system, the loss expectations for each risk rating is integrated into the allowance for loan loss methodology where the calculated LGD is allotted for each individual risk rating with respect to the individual loan group and unique geographic area. The LGD aspect of the reserve methodology is calculated each quarter as a component of the overall reserve factor for each risk grade by loan group and geographic area.
To enhance this process, loans of a certain size that are rated in one of the criticized categories are routinely reviewed to establish an expectation of loss, if any, and if such examination indicates that the level of reserve is not adequate to cover the expectation of loss, a special reserve or impairment is generally applied.
The distribution of the losses is accomplished by means of a loss distribution model that assigns a loss factor to each risk rating (1 to 9) in each commercial loan pool. A factor is not applied to risk rate 10 (Loss) as loans classified as Losses are not carried on the bank’s books over quarter ends as they are charged off within the period that the loss is determined.
The expected loss distribution is spread across the various risk ratings by the perceived level of risk for loss. The nine grade scale above ranges from a negligible risk of loss to an identified loss across its breadth. The loss distribution factors are graduated through the scale on a basis proportional to the degree of risk that appears manifest in each individual rating and assumes that migration through the loan grading system will occur.
Each loan officer assesses the appropriateness of the internal risk rating assigned to their credits on an ongoing basis. Trustmark’s Asset Review area conducts independent credit quality reviews of the majority of the bank’s commercial loan portfolio concentrations both on the underlying credit quality of each individual loan portfolio as well as the adherence to bank loan policy and the loan administration process. In general, Asset Review conducts reviews of each lending area within a six to eighteen month window depending on the overall credit quality results of the individual area.
In addition to the ongoing internal risk rate monitoring described above, Trustmark conducts monthly credit quality reviews (CQR) for the credits described below, as well as semi-annual analysis and stress testing on all residential real estate development credits and non-owner occupied commercial real estate (CRE) credits of $1.0 million or more as described below:
21
|
|
·
|
Trustmark’s Credit Quality Review Committee meets monthly and performs the following functions: detailed review and evaluation of all loans of $100 thousand or more that are either delinquent thirty days or more or on nonaccrual, including determination of appropriate risk ratings, accrual status, and appropriate servicing officer; review of risk rate changes for relationships of $100 thousand or more; quarterly review of all nonaccruals less than $100 thousand to determine whether the credit should be charged off, returned to accrual, or remain in nonaccrual status; monthly/quarterly review of continuous action plans for all credits rated seven or worse for relationships of $100 thousand or more; monthly review of all commercial charge-offs of $25 thousand or more for the preceding month.
|
|
|
·
|
Residential real estate developments - a development project analysis is performed on all projects regardless of size. Performance of the development is assessed through an evaluation of the number of lots remaining, the payout ratios, and the loan-to-value ratios. Results are stress tested as to absorption and price of lots. This information is reviewed by each senior credit officer for that market to determine the need for any risk rate or accrual status changes.
|
|
|
·
|
Non-owner occupied commercial real estate – a cash flow analysis is performed on all projects with an outstanding balance of $1.0 million or more. In addition, credits are stress tested for vacancies and rate sensitivity. Confirmation is obtained that guarantor financial statements are current, taxes have been paid, and that there are no other issues that need to be addressed. This information is reviewed by each senior credit officer for that market to determine the need for any risk rate or accrual status changes.
|
Consumer Credits
Loans that do not meet a minimum custom credit score are reviewed quarterly by Management. The Retail Credit Review Committee reviews the volume and percentage of approvals that did not meet the minimum passing custom score by region, individual location, and officer. To assure that Trustmark continues to originate quality loans, this process allows Management to make necessary changes such as revisions to underwriting procedures and credit policies, or changes in loan authority to Trustmark personnel.
Trustmark monitors the levels and severity of past due consumer loans on a daily basis through its collection activities. A detailed assessment of consumer loan delinquencies is performed monthly at both a product and market level by delivery channel, which incorporates the perceived level of risk at time of underwriting. Trustmark also monitors its consumer loan delinquency trends by comparing them to quarterly industry averages.
22
The table below illustrates the carrying amount of LHFI by credit quality indicator at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 ($ in thousands):
|
March 31, 2013
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial LHFI
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Pass -
|
Special Mention -
|
Substandard -
|
Doubtful -
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
Categories 1-6
|
Category 7
|
Category 8
|
Category 9
|
Subtotal
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Loans secured by real estate:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Construction, land development and other land loans
|
$ | 360,197 | $ | 23,060 | $ | 59,289 | $ | 229 | $ | 442,775 | ||||||||||||||
|
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
|
110,110 | 2,288 | 11,387 | 131 | 123,916 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
|
1,279,133 | 12,323 | 92,932 | 313 | 1,384,701 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Other
|
167,063 | 340 | 2,577 | - | 169,980 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial and industrial loans
|
1,131,149 | 41,159 | 32,776 | 1,545 | 1,206,629 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Consumer loans
|
366 | - | - | - | 366 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Other loans
|
676,708 | 50 | 4,327 | 756 | 681,841 | |||||||||||||||||||
| $ | 3,724,726 | $ | 79,220 | $ | 203,288 | $ | 2,974 | $ | 4,010,208 | |||||||||||||||
|
Consumer LHFI
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Past Due
|
Past Due
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Current
|
30-89 Days
|
90 Days or More
|
Nonaccrual
|
Subtotal
|
Total LHFI
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
Loans secured by real estate:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Construction, land development and other land loans
|
$ | 41,948 | $ | 491 | $ | - | $ | 205 | $ | 42,644 | $ | 485,419 | ||||||||||||
|
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
|
1,217,358 | 8,634 | 1,284 | 21,709 | 1,248,985 | 1,372,901 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
|
968 | - | - | - | 968 | 1,385,669 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Other
|
4,533 | 147 | - | 20 | 4,700 | 174,680 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial and industrial loans
|
195 | 17 | - | 10 | 222 | 1,206,851 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Consumer loans
|
157,200 | 2,183 | 228 | 276 | 159,887 | 160,253 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Other loans
|
6,782 | - | - | - | 6,782 | 688,623 | ||||||||||||||||||
| $ | 1,428,984 | $ | 11,472 | $ | 1,512 | $ | 22,220 | $ | 1,464,188 | $ | 5,474,396 | |||||||||||||
|
December 31, 2012
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial LHFI
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Pass -
|
Special Mention -
|
Substandard -
|
Doubtful -
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
Categories 1-6
|
Category 7
|
Category 8
|
Category 9
|
Subtotal
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Loans secured by real estate:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Construction, land development and other land loans
|
$ | 335,179 | $ | 23,812 | $ | 63,832 | $ | 143 | $ | 422,966 | ||||||||||||||
|
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
|
110,333 | 1,012 | 13,303 | 432 | 125,080 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
|
1,298,820 | 12,156 | 98,082 | - | 1,409,058 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Other
|
178,790 | 444 | 5,768 | - | 185,002 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial and industrial loans
|
1,091,356 | 36,992 | 39,479 | 1,334 | 1,169,161 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Consumer loans
|
404 | - | - | - | 404 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Other loans
|
676,618 | 59 | 1,714 | 784 | 679,175 | |||||||||||||||||||
| $ | 3,691,500 | $ | 74,475 | $ | 222,178 | $ | 2,693 | $ | 3,990,846 | |||||||||||||||
| Consumer LHFI | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Past Due
|
Past Due
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Current
|
30-89 Days
|
90 Days or More
|
Nonaccrual
|
Subtotal
|
Total LHFI
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
Loans secured by real estate:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Construction, land development and other land loans
|
$ | 44,131 | $ | 1,109 | $ | - | $ | 769 | $ | 46,009 | $ | 468,975 | ||||||||||||
|
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
|
1,339,000 | 10,332 | 2,630 | 20,438 | 1,372,400 | 1,497,480 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
|
1,206 | - | - | - | 1,206 | 1,410,264 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Other
|
4,746 | 150 | - | 51 | 4,947 | 189,949 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial and industrial loans
|
313 | 29 | - | 10 | 352 | 1,169,513 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Consumer loans
|
167,131 | 3,481 | 285 | 359 | 171,256 | 171,660 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Other loans
|
5,738 | - | - | - | 5,738 | 684,913 | ||||||||||||||||||
| $ | 1,562,265 | $ | 15,101 | $ | 2,915 | $ | 21,627 | $ | 1,601,908 | $ | 5,592,754 | |||||||||||||
23
Past Due LHFI and Loans Held for Sale (LHFS)
LHFI past due 90 days or more totaled $2.8 million and $6.4 million at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. The following table provides an aging analysis of past due and nonaccrual LHFI by class at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 ($ in thousands):
|
March 31, 2013
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Past Due
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
90 Days
|
Current
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
|
30-89 Days
|
or More
(1)
|
Total
|
Nonaccrual
|
Loans
|
Total LHFI
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
Loans secured by real estate:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Construction, land development and other land loans
|
$ | 3,700 | $ | 477 | $ | 4,177 | $ | 24,443 | $ | 456,799 | $ | 485,419 | ||||||||||||
|
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
|
9,205 | 1,285 | 10,490 | 27,149 | 1,335,262 | 1,372,901 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
|
7,666 | 250 | 7,916 | 17,880 | 1,359,873 | 1,385,669 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Other
|
546 | 1 | 547 | 1,040 | 173,093 | 174,680 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial and industrial loans
|
1,258 | 533 | 1,791 | 9,053 | 1,196,007 | 1,206,851 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Consumer loans
|
2,184 | 227 | 2,411 | 277 | 157,565 | 160,253 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Other loans
|
499 | - | 499 | 3,480 | 684,644 | 688,623 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Total
|
$ | 25,058 | $ | 2,773 | $ | 27,831 | $ | 83,322 | $ | 5,363,243 | $ | 5,474,396 | ||||||||||||
(1) - Past due 90 days or more but still accruing interest.
|
December 31, 2012
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Past Due
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
90 Days
|
Current
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
|
30-89 Days
|
or More
(1)
|
Total
|
Nonaccrual
|
Loans
|
Total LHFI
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
Loans secured by real estate:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Construction, land development and other land loans
|
$ | 4,957 | $ | 438 | $ | 5,395 | $ | 27,105 | $ | 436,475 | $ | 468,975 | ||||||||||||
|
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
|
12,626 | 3,131 | 15,757 | 27,114 | 1,454,609 | 1,497,480 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
|
9,460 | - | 9,460 | 18,289 | 1,382,515 | 1,410,264 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Other
|
172 | - | 172 | 3,956 | 185,821 | 189,949 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial and industrial loans
|
4,317 | 2,525 | 6,842 | 4,741 | 1,157,930 | 1,169,513 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Consumer loans
|
3,480 | 284 | 3,764 | 360 | 167,536 | 171,660 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Other loans
|
181 | - | 181 | 798 | 683,934 | 684,913 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Total
|
$ | 35,193 | $ | 6,378 | $ | 41,571 | $ | 82,363 | $ | 5,468,820 | $ | 5,592,754 | ||||||||||||
(1) - Past due 90 days or more but still accruing interest.
LHFS past due 90 days or more totaled $4.5 million and $43.1 million at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. LHFS past due 90 days or more are serviced loans eligible for repurchase, which are fully guaranteed by GNMA. GNMA optional repurchase programs allow financial institutions to buy back individual delinquent mortgage loans that meet certain criteria from the securitized loan pool for which the institution provides servicing. At the servicer's option and without GNMA's prior authorization, the servicer may repurchase such a delinquent loan for an amount equal to 100 percent of the remaining principal balance of the loan. This buy-back option is considered a conditional option until the delinquency criteria are met, at which time the option becomes unconditional. When Trustmark is deemed to have regained effective control over these loans under the unconditional buy-back option, the loans can no longer be reported as sold and must be brought back onto the balance sheet as loans held for sale, regardless of whether Trustmark intends to exercise the buy-back option. These loans are reported as held for sale with the offsetting liability being reported as short-term borrowings.
During the first quarter of 2013, Trustmark exercised its option to repurchase approximately $58.0 million delinquent loans serviced for GNMA. These loans were subsequently sold to a third party under different repurchase provisions. Trustmark retained the servicing for these loans, which are fully guaranteed by FHA/VA. As a result of this repurchase and sale, the loans are no longer carried as LHFS. The transaction resulted in a gain of $542 thousand, which is included in gain on sales of loans, net for the first three months of 2013. Trustmark did not exercise its buy-back option on any delinquent loans serviced for GNMA during the first three months of 2012.
Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI
Trustmark’s allowance for loan loss methodology for commercial loans is based upon regulatory guidance from its primary regulator and GAAP. The methodology segregates the commercial purpose and commercial construction loan portfolios into nine separate loan types (or pools) which have similar characteristics such as repayment, collateral and risk profiles. The nine basic loan pools are further segregated into Trustmark’s five key market regions, Alabama, Florida, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas, to take into consideration the uniqueness of each market. A 10-point risk rating system is utilized for each separate loan pool to apply a reserve factor consisting of quantitative and qualitative components to determine the needed allowance by each loan type. As a result, there are 450 risk rate factors for commercial loan types. The nine separate pools are shown below:
24
Commercial Purpose Loans
|
·
|
Real Estate – Owner Occupied
|
|
·
|
Real Estate – Non-Owner Occupied
|
|
·
|
Working Capital
|
|
·
|
Non-Working Capital
|
|
·
|
Land
|
|
·
|
Lots and Development
|
|
·
|
Political Subdivisions
|
Commercial Construction Loans
|
|
·
|
1 to 4 Family
|
|
|
·
|
Non-1 to 4 Family
|
The quantitative factors of the allowance methodology reflect a twelve-quarter rolling average of net charge-offs, one quarter in arrears, by loan type within each key market region. This allows for a greater sensitivity to current trends, such as economic changes, as well as current loss profiles and creates a more accurate depiction of historical losses.
Qualitative factors used in the allowance methodology include the following:
|
|
·
|
National and regional economic trends and conditions
|
|
|
·
|
Impact of recent performance trends
|
|
|
·
|
Experience, ability and effectiveness of management
|
|
|
·
|
Adherence to Trustmark’s loan policies, procedures and internal controls
|
|
|
·
|
Collateral, financial and underwriting exception trends
|
|
|
·
|
Credit concentrations
|
|
|
·
|
Acquisitions
|
|
|
·
|
Catastrophe
|
Each qualitative factor is converted to a scale ranging from 0 (No risk) to 100 (High Risk), other than the last two factors, which are applied on a dollar-for-dollar basis to ensure that the combination of such factors is proportional.
The resulting ratings from the individual factors are weighted and summed to establish the weighted average qualitative factor of a specific loan portfolio within each key market region. This weighted average qualitative factor is then distributed over the nine primary loan pools within each key market region based on the ranking by risk of each.
During the fourth quarter of 2012, Trustmark revised the quantitative portion of the allowance for loan loss methodology for consumer and residential LHFI. Trustmark converted the historical loss factor from a 20-quarter net charge-off rolling average to a 12-quarter rolling average and developed a separate reserve for junior liens on 1-4 family LHFI. The change in quantitative methodology allows the bank to more readily correlate portfolio risk to the current market environment as the impact of more recent experience is emphasized. This change also allows for a greater sensitivity to current trends such as economic and performance changes, which includes current loss profiles and creates a more accurate depiction of historical losses. Loans and lines of credit secured by junior liens on 1-4 family residential properties are being reserved for separately in light of continued uncertainty in the economy and the housing market in particular. An additional provision of approximately $1.4 million was recorded in the fourth quarter of 2012 as a result of this revision to the quantitative portion of the allowance for loan loss methodology for consumer and residential LHFI.
The allowance for loan loss methodology segregates the consumer loan portfolio into homogeneous pools of loans that contain similar structure, repayment, collateral and risk profiles. These homogeneous pools of loans are shown below:
|
|
·
|
Residential Mortgage
|
|
|
·
|
Direct Consumer
|
|
|
·
|
Auto Finance
|
|
|
·
|
Junior Lien on 1-4 Family Residential Properties
|
|
|
·
|
Credit Cards
|
|
|
·
|
Overdrafts
|
25
The historical loss experience for these pools is determined by calculating a 12-quarter rolling average of net charge-offs, which is applied to each pool to establish the quantitative aspect of the methodology. Where, in Management’s estimation, the calculated loss experience does not fully cover the anticipated loss for a pool, an estimate is also applied to each pool to establish the qualitative aspect of the methodology, which represents the perceived risks across the loan portfolio at the current point in time. This qualitative methodology utilizes five separate factors made up of unique components that when weighted and combined produce an estimated level of reserve for each of the loan pools. The five qualitative factors include the following:
|
|
·
|
Economic indicators
|
|
|
·
|
Performance trends
|
|
|
·
|
Management experience
|
|
|
·
|
Lending policy measures
|
|
|
·
|
Credit concentrations
|
The risk measure for each factor is converted to a scale ranging from 0 (No risk) to 100 (High Risk) to ensure that the combination of such factors is proportional. The determination of the risk measurement for each qualitative factor is done for all markets combined. The resulting estimated reserve factor is then applied to each pool.
The resulting ratings from the individual factors are weighted and summed to establish the weighted average qualitative factor of a specific loan portfolio. This weighted average qualitative factor is then applied over the six loan pools.
Changes in the allowance for loan losses, LHFI were as follows ($ in thousands):
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
||||||||
|
2013
|
2012
|
|||||||
|
Balance at January 1,
|
$ | 78,738 | $ | 89,518 | ||||
|
Loans charged-off
|
(3,325 | ) | (5,376 | ) | ||||
|
Recoveries
|
4,455 | 3,444 | ||||||
|
Net recoveries (charge-offs)
|
1,130 | (1,932 | ) | |||||
|
Provision for loan losses, LHFI
|
(2,968 | ) | 3,293 | |||||
|
Balance at March 31,
|
$ | 76,900 | $ | 90,879 | ||||
26
The following
tables detail the balance in the allowance for loan losses, LHFI by portfolio segment at March 31, 2013 and 2012 ($ in thousands):
|
2013
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Balance
|
Provision for
|
Balance
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
January 1,
|
Charge-offs
|
Recoveries
|
Loan Losses
|
March 31,
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Loans secured by real estate:
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Construction, land development and other land loans
|
$ | 21,838 | $ | (297 | ) | $ | - | $ | (1,964 | ) | $ | 19,577 | ||||||||
|
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
|
12,957 | (209 | ) | 59 | (1,083 | ) | 11,724 | |||||||||||||
|
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
|
21,096 | (168 | ) | - | (896 | ) | 20,032 | |||||||||||||
|
Other
|
2,197 | (910 | ) | - | 53 | 1,340 | ||||||||||||||
|
Commercial and industrial loans
|
14,319 | (40 | ) | 2,031 | 1,360 | 17,670 | ||||||||||||||
|
Consumer loans
|
3,087 | (634 | ) | 1,451 | (876 | ) | 3,028 | |||||||||||||
|
Other loans
|
3,244 | (1,067 | ) | 914 | 438 | 3,529 | ||||||||||||||
|
Total allowance for loan losses, LHFI
|
$ | 78,738 | $ | (3,325 | ) | $ | 4,455 | $ | (2,968 | ) | $ | 76,900 | ||||||||
|
Disaggregated by Impairment Method
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Individually
|
Collectively
|
Total
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
Loans secured by real estate:
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Construction, land development and other land loans
|
$ | 3,514 | $ | 16,063 | $ | 19,577 | ||||||||||||||
|
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
|
1,117 | 10,607 | 11,724 | |||||||||||||||||
|
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
|
2,170 | 17,862 | 20,032 | |||||||||||||||||
|
Other
|
32 | 1,308 | 1,340 | |||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial and industrial loans
|
3,584 | 14,086 | 17,670 | |||||||||||||||||
|
Consumer loans
|
2 | 3,026 | 3,028 | |||||||||||||||||
|
Other loans
|
594 | 2,935 | 3,529 | |||||||||||||||||
|
Total allowance for loan losses, LHFI
|
$ | 11,013 | $ | 65,887 | $ | 76,900 | ||||||||||||||
27
|
2012
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Balance
|
Provision for
|
Balance
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
January 1,
|
Charge-offs
|
Recoveries
|
Loan Losses
|
March 31,
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Loans secured by real estate:
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Construction, land development and other land loans
|
$ | 27,220 | $ | (1,526 | ) | $ | - | $ | 21 | $ | 25,715 | |||||||||
|
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
|
12,650 | (716 | ) | 208 | 598 | 12,740 | ||||||||||||||
|
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
|
24,358 | (127 | ) | - | 3,653 | 27,884 | ||||||||||||||
|
Other
|
3,079 | (234 | ) | - | 176 | 3,021 | ||||||||||||||
|
Commercial and industrial loans
|
15,868 | (331 | ) | 821 | (320 | ) | 16,038 | |||||||||||||
|
Consumer loans
|
3,656 | (1,038 | ) | 1,352 | (766 | ) | 3,204 | |||||||||||||
|
Other loans
|
2,687 | (1,404 | ) | 1,063 | (69 | ) | 2,277 | |||||||||||||
|
Total allowance for loan losses, LHFI
|
$ | 89,518 | $ | (5,376 | ) | $ | 3,444 | $ | 3,293 | $ | 90,879 | |||||||||
|
Disaggregated by Impairment Method
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Individually
|
Collectively
|
Total
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
Loans secured by real estate:
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Construction, land development and other land loans
|
$ | 5,963 | $ | 19,752 | $ | 25,715 | ||||||||||||||
|
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
|
1,240 | 11,500 | 12,740 | |||||||||||||||||
|
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
|
5,443 | 22,441 | 27,884 | |||||||||||||||||
|
Other
|
1,002 | 2,019 | 3,021 | |||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial and industrial loans
|
1,168 | 14,870 | 16,038 | |||||||||||||||||
|
Consumer loans
|
7 | 3,197 | 3,204 | |||||||||||||||||
|
Other loans
|
65 | 2,212 | 2,277 | |||||||||||||||||
|
Total allowance for loan losses, LHFI
|
$ | 14,888 | $ | 75,991 | $ | 90,879 | ||||||||||||||
For the periods presented, acquired loans consisted of the following ($ in thousands):
|
March 31, 2013
|
December 31, 2012
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Covered
|
Noncovered
|
Covered
|
Noncovered
|
|||||||||||||
|
Loans secured by real estate:
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Construction, land development and other land loans
|
$ | 3,875 | $ | 138,442 | $ | 3,924 | $ | 10,056 | ||||||||
|
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
|
20,980 | 209,658 | 23,990 | 19,404 | ||||||||||||
|
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
|
17,355 | 339,953 | 18,407 | 45,649 | ||||||||||||
|
Other
|
3,365 | 32,208 | 3,567 | 669 | ||||||||||||
|
Commercial and industrial loans
|
648 | 235,286 | 747 | 3,035 | ||||||||||||
|
Consumer loans
|
179 | 32,694 | 177 | 2,610 | ||||||||||||
|
Other loans
|
1,187 | 14,886 | 1,229 | 100 | ||||||||||||
|
Acquired loans
|
47,589 | 1,003,127 | 52,041 | 81,523 | ||||||||||||
|
Less allowance for loan losses, acquired loans
|
4,497 | 1,961 | 4,190 | 1,885 | ||||||||||||
|
Net acquired loans
|
$ | 43,092 | $ | 1,001,166 | $ | 47,851 | $ | 79,638 | ||||||||
Acquired loans are accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting.
The acquired loans are recorded at their estimated fair value at the time of acquisition. Fair value of acquired loans is determined using a discounted cash flow model based on assumptions regarding the amount and timing of principal and interest payments, estimated prepayments, estimated default rates, estimated loss severity in the event of defaults and current market rates. Estimated credit losses are included in the determination of fair value; therefore, an allowance for loan losses is not recorded on the acquisition date.
Loans acquired in an FDIC-assisted transaction and covered under loss-share agreements are referred to as “covered loans” and are reported separately in Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements. The covered loans were recorded at their estimated fair value at the time of acquisition exclusive of the expected reimbursement cash flows from the FDIC.
28
Trustmark accounts for acquired impaired loans under FASB ASC Topic 310-30. An acquired loan is considered impaired when there is evidence of credit deterioration since origination and it is probable at the date of acquisition that Trustmark would be unable to collect all contractually required payments. Revolving credit agreements such as home equity lines and commercial leases are excluded from acquired impaired loan accounting requirements. Trustmark acquired $154.8 million of revolving credit agreements and commercial leases, at fair value, in the BancTrust acquisition and $5.9 million of revolving credit agreements, at fair value, in the Bay Bank acquisition, consisting mainly of home equity loans and commercial asset-based lines of credit, where the borrower had revolving privileges on the acquisition date. As such, Trustmark has accounted for such acquired loans in accordance with accounting requirements for acquired nonimpaired loans.
For acquired impaired loans, Trustmark (a) calculates the contractual amount and timing of undiscounted principal and interest payments (the “undiscounted contractual cash flows”) and (b) estimates the amount and timing of undiscounted expected principal and interest payments (the “undiscounted expected cash flows”). Under
FASB ASC Topic 310-30
, the difference between the undiscounted contractual cash flows and the undiscounted expected cash flows is the nonaccretable difference. The nonaccretable difference represents an estimate of the loss exposure of principal and interest related to the acquired impaired loan portfolio, and such amount is subject to change over time based on the performance of such loans.
The excess of expected cash flows at acquisition over the initial fair value of acquired impaired loans is referred to as the “accretable yield” and is recorded as interest income over the estimated life of the loans using the effective yield method if the timing and amount of the future cash flows is reasonably estimable. Improvements in expected cash flows over those originally estimated increase the accretable yield and are recognized as interest income prospectively. Decreases in the amount and changes in the timing of expected cash flows compared to those originally estimated decrease the accretable yield and result in a provision for loan losses and the establishment of an allowance for loan losses. The carrying value of acquired impaired loans is reduced by payments received, both principal and interest, and increased by the portion of the accretable yield recognized as interest income.
Trustmark aggregates certain acquired loans into pools of loans with common credit risk characteristics such as loan type and risk rating. To establish accounting pools of acquired loans, loans are first categorized by similar purpose, collateral and geographic region. Within each category, loans are further segmented by ranges of risk determinants observed at the time of acquisition. For commercial loans, the primary risk determinant is the risk rating as assigned by Trustmark. For consumer loans, the risk determinants include delinquency, FICO and loan-to-value ratios. Statistical comparison of the pools reflect that each pool is comprised of loans generally of similar characteristics, including loan type, loan risk and weighted average life. Each pool is then reviewed for similarity of the pool constituents, including standard deviation of purchase price, weighted average life and concentration of the largest loans. Loan pools are initially booked at the aggregate fair value of the loan pool constituents, based on the present value of Trustmark's expected cash flows from the loans. An acquired loan is removed from a pool of loans only if the loan is sold, foreclosed, or payment is received in full satisfaction of the loan. The acquired loan is removed from the pool at its carrying value. If an individual acquired loan is removed from a pool of loans, the difference between its relative carrying amount and its cash, fair value of the collateral, or other assets received will be recognized as a gain or loss immediately in interest income on loans and would not affect the effective yield used to recognize the accretable yield on the remaining pool. Certain acquired loans are not pooled and are accounted for individually. Such loans are withheld from pools due to the inherent uncertainty of the timing and amount of their cash flows or because they are not a suitable similar constituent to the established pools.
As required by FASB ASC Topic 310-30, Trustmark periodically re-estimates the expected cash flows to be collected over the life of the acquired impaired loans. If, based on current information and events, it is probable that Trustmark will be unable to collect all cash flows expected at acquisition plus additional cash flows expected to be collected arising from changes in estimate after acquisition, the acquired loans are considered impaired. The decrease in the expected cash flows reduces the carrying value of the acquired impaired loans as well as the accretable yield and results in a charge to income through the provision for loans losses, acquired loans and the establishment of an allowance for loan losses, acquired loans. If, based on current information and events, it is probable that there is a significant increase in the cash flows previously expected to be collected or if actual cash flows are significantly greater than cash flows previously expected, Trustmark will reduce any remaining allowance for loan losses, acquired loans established on the acquired impaired loans for the increase in the present value of cash flows expected to be collected. The increase in the expected cash flows for the acquired impaired loans over those originally estimated at acquisition increases the carrying value of the acquired impaired loans as well as the accretable yield. The increase in the accretable yield is recognized as interest income over the remaining average life of the acquired impaired loans.
On February 15, 2013, Trustmark completed its merger with BancTrust. Loans acquired in the BancTrust acquisition were evaluated for evidence of credit deterioration since origination and collectability of contractually required payments. Trustmark elected to account for all loans acquired in the BancTrust acquisition as acquired impaired loans under
FASB ASC Topic 310-30 except for $154.8 million of acquired loans with revolving privileges and acquired commercial leases, which are outside the scope of the guidance.
While not all loans acquired from BancTrust exhibited evidence of significant credit deterioration,
accounting for these acquired loans under ASC Topic 310-30 would have materially the same result as the alternative accounting treatment. The purchase price allocation was deemed preliminary as of March 31, 2013.
29
The following table presents the fair value of loans acquired as of the date of the BancTrust acquisition ($ in thousands):
|
At acquisition date:
|
February 15, 2013
|
|||
|
Contractually required principal and interest
|
$ | 1,228,684 | ||
|
Nonaccretable difference
|
180,638 | |||
|
Cash flows expected to be collected
|
1,048,046 | |||
|
Accretable yield
|
86,221 | |||
|
FAS 91 discount
|
10,814 | |||
|
Fair value of loans at acquisition
|
$ | 951,011 | ||
On March 16, 2012, Trustmark completed its merger with Bay Bank. Loans acquired in the Bay Bank acquisition were evaluated for evidence of credit deterioration since origination and collectability of contractually required payments. Trustmark elected to account for all loans acquired in the Bay Bank acquisition as acquired impaired loans under
FASB ASC Topic 310-30 except for $5.9 million of acquired loans with revolving privileges, which are outside the scope of the guidance.
While not all loans acquired from Bay Bank exhibited evidence of significant credit deterioration,
accounting for these acquired loans under ASC Topic 310-30 would have materially the same result as the alternative accounting treatment. The purchase price allocation was deemed preliminary as of March 31, 2012 and was finalized in the second quarter of 2012.
The following tables present changes in the carrying value of the acquired loans for the periods presented ($ in thousands):
|
Covered
|
Noncovered
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Acquired
|
Acquired
|
Acquired
|
Acquired
|
|||||||||||||
|
Impaired
|
Not ASC 310-30
(1)
|
Impaired
|
Not ASC 310-30
(1)
|
|||||||||||||
|
Carrying value, net at January 1, 2012
|
$ | 72,131 | $ | 4,171 | $ | 4,350 | $ | 13 | ||||||||
|
Loans acquired
(2)
|
- | - | 91,987 | 5,927 | ||||||||||||
|
Accretion to interest income
|
8,031 | 367 | 4,138 | 161 | ||||||||||||
|
Payments received, net
|
(27,496 | ) | (2,107 | ) | (24,330 | ) | 868 | |||||||||
|
Other
|
(3,085 | ) | 29 | (1,318 | ) | (273 | ) | |||||||||
|
Less allowance for loan losses, acquired loans
|
(4,190 | ) | - | (1,885 | ) | - | ||||||||||
|
Carrying value, net at December 31, 2012
|
45,391 | 2,460 | 72,942 | 6,696 | ||||||||||||
|
Loans acquired
(3)
|
- | - | 796,172 | 154,839 | ||||||||||||
|
Accretion to interest income
(4)
|
1,516 | 156 | 6,301 | 453 | ||||||||||||
|
Payments received, net
|
(5,801 | ) | (370 | ) | (33,477 | ) | (1,700 | ) | ||||||||
|
Other
|
76 | (29 | ) | (1,024 | ) | 40 | ||||||||||
|
Less allowance for loan losses, acquired loans
|
(307 | ) | - | (76 | ) | - | ||||||||||
|
Carrying value, net at March 31, 2013
|
$ | 40,875 | $ | 2,217 | $ | 840,838 | $ | 160,328 | ||||||||
(1) Acquired nonimpaired loans consist of revolving credit agreements and commercial leases that are not in scope for FASB ASC Topic 310-30.
(2) Fair value of loans acquired from Bay Bank on March 16, 2012.
(3) Fair value of loans acquired from BancTrust on February 15, 2013.
(4) Accretion to interest income for BancTrust since acquisition at February 15, 2013 is considered immaterial.
30
The following table presents changes in the accretable yield for the three months ended March 31, 2013 ($ in thousands):
|
Accretable yield at January 1, 2013
|
$ | (26,383 | ) | |
|
Additions due to acquisition
(1)
|
(86,221 | ) | ||
|
Accretion to interest income
(2)
|
7,816 | |||
|
Disposals
|
1,575 | |||
|
Reclassification to / (from) nonaccretable difference
|
(2,556 | ) | ||
|
Accretable yield at March 31, 2013
|
$ | (105,769 | ) |
(1) Accretable yield on loans acquired from BancTrust on February 15, 2013.
(2) Accretion to interest income for BancTrust since acquisition at February 15, 2013 is considered immaterial.
No allowance for loan losses was brought forward on any of the acquired loans as any credit deterioration evident in the loans was included in the determination of the fair value of the loans at the acquisition date. Updates to expected cash flows for acquired impaired loans accounted for under
FASB ASC Topic 310-30 may result in a provision for loan losses, acquired loans and the establishment of an allowance for loan losses, acquired loans to the extent the amount and timing of expected cash flows decrease compared to those originally estimated at acquisition.
The following table presents the components of the allowance for loan losses on acquired loans for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 ($ in thousands):
|
Covered
|
Noncovered
|
Total
|
||||||||||
|
Balance at January 1, 2013
|
$ | 4,190 | $ | 1,885 | $ | 6,075 | ||||||
|
Provision for loan losses, acquired loans
|
(564 | ) | 694 | 130 | ||||||||
|
Loans charged-off
|
862 | (642 | ) | 220 | ||||||||
|
Recoveries
|
9 | 24 | 33 | |||||||||
|
Net charge-offs
|
871 | (618 | ) | 253 | ||||||||
|
Balance at March 31, 2013
|
$ | 4,497 | $ | 1,961 | $ | 6,458 | ||||||
|
Covered
|
Noncovered
|
Total
|
||||||||||
|
Balance at January 1, 2012
|
$ | 502 | $ | - | $ | 502 | ||||||
|
Provision for loan losses, acquired loans
|
(248 | ) | 54 | (194 | ) | |||||||
|
Loans charged-off
|
89 | (26 | ) | 63 | ||||||||
|
Recoveries
|
393 | 9 | 402 | |||||||||
|
Net charge-offs
|
482 | (17 | ) | 465 | ||||||||
|
Balance at March 31, 2012
|
$ | 736 | $ | 37 | $ | 773 | ||||||
As discussed in Note 4 - Loans Held for Investment (LHFI) and Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI, Trustmark has established a loan grading system that consists of ten individual credit risk grades (risk ratings) that encompass a range from loans where the expectation of loss is negligible to loans where loss has been established. The model is based on the risk of default for an individual credit and establishes certain criteria to segregate the level of risk across the ten unique risk ratings. These credit quality measures are unique to commercial loans. Credit quality for consumer loans is based on individual credit scores, aging status of the loan and payment activity.
31
The tables below illustrate the carrying amount of acquired loans by credit quality indicator at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 ($ in thousands):
|
March 31, 2013
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial Loans
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Pass -
|
Special Mention -
|
Substandard -
|
Doubtful -
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
Categories 1-6
|
Category 7
|
Category 8
|
Category 9
|
Subtotal
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Covered Loans:
(1)
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Loans secured by real estate:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Construction, land development and other land loans
|
$ | 1,518 | $ | 18 | $ | 1,416 | $ | 743 | $ | 3,695 | ||||||||||||||
|
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
|
1,734 | 715 | 2,829 | 20 | 5,298 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
|
6,651 | 122 | 9,040 | 691 | 16,504 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Other
|
985 | 173 | 777 | 1 | 1,936 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial and industrial loans
|
395 | 72 | 181 | - | 648 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Consumer loans
|
- | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Other loans
|
244 | 1 | 367 | 575 | 1,187 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Total covered loans
|
11,527 | 1,101 | 14,610 | 2,030 | 29,268 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Noncovered loans:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Loans secured by real estate:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Construction, land development and other land loans
|
35,605 | 10,435 | 68,231 | 10,392 | 124,663 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
|
29,548 | 21,509 | 25,569 | 614 | 77,240 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
|
217,009 | 29,462 | 85,961 | 7,434 | 339,866 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Other
|
19,993 | 7,236 | 4,979 | - | 32,208 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial and industrial loans
|
175,965 | 17,861 | 37,230 | 4,230 | 235,286 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Consumer loans
|
- | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Other loans
|
12,592 | 2,119 | 91 | - | 14,802 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Total noncovered loans
|
490,712 | 88,622 | 222,061 | 22,670 | 824,065 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Total acquired loans
|
$ | 502,239 | $ | 89,723 | $ | 236,671 | $ | 24,700 | $ | 853,333 | ||||||||||||||
|
Consumer Loans
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Past Due
|
Past Due
|
Total
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Current
|
30-89 Days
|
90 Days or More
|
Nonaccrual
|
Subtotal
|
Acquired Loans
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
Covered Loans:
(1)
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Loans secured by real estate:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Construction, land development and other land loans
|
$ | 180 | $ | - | $ | - | $ | - | $ | 180 | $ | 3,875 | ||||||||||||
|
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
|
12,989 | 1,453 | 1,202 | 38 | 15,682 | 20,980 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
|
682 | - | 169 | - | 851 | 17,355 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Other
|
1,324 | 101 | - | 4 | 1,429 | 3,365 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial and industrial loans
|
- | - | - | - | - | 648 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Consumer loans
|
179 | - | - | - | 179 | 179 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Other loans
|
- | - | - | - | - | 1,187 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Total covered loans
|
15,354 | 1,554 | 1,371 | 42 | 18,321 | 47,589 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Noncovered loans:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Loans secured by real estate:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Construction, land development and other land loans
|
12,532 | 355 | 892 | - | 13,779 | 138,442 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
|
122,141 | 6,093 | 3,647 | 537 | 132,418 | 209,658 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
|
87 | - | - | - | 87 | 339,953 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Other
|
- | - | - | - | - | 32,208 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial and industrial loans
|
- | - | - | - | - | 235,286 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Consumer loans
|
31,208 | 1,042 | 444 | - | 32,694 | 32,694 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Other loans
|
80 | 4 | - | - | 84 | 14,886 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Total noncovered loans
|
166,048 | 7,494 | 4,983 | 537 | 179,062 | 1,003,127 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Total acquired loans
|
$ | 181,402 | $ | 9,048 | $ | 6,354 | $ | 579 | $ | 197,383 | $ | 1,050,716 | ||||||||||||
|
(1)
|
Total dollar balances are presented in this table; however, these loans are covered by the loss-share agreement with the FDIC.
|
TNB is at risk for only 20% of the losses incurred on these loans.
32
|
December 31, 2012
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial Loans
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Pass -
|
Special Mention -
|
Substandard -
|
Doubtful -
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
Categories 1-6
|
Category 7
|
Category 8
|
Category 9
|
Subtotal
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Covered Loans:
(1)
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Loans secured by real estate:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Construction, land development and other land loans
|
$ | 1,341 | $ | 18 | $ | 1,489 | $ | 744 | $ | 3,592 | ||||||||||||||
|
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
|
3,128 | 810 | 2,940 | 85 | 6,963 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
|
5,857 | 1,052 | 9,839 | 798 | 17,546 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Other
|
443 | 318 | 1,231 | - | 1,992 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial and industrial loans
|
82 | 458 | 207 | - | 747 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Consumer loans
|
- | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Other loans
|
245 | - | 345 | 535 | 1,125 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Total covered loans
|
11,096 | 2,656 | 16,051 | 2,162 | 31,965 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Noncovered loans:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Loans secured by real estate:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Construction, land development and other land loans
|
3,259 | 119 | 4,915 | 921 | 9,214 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
|
7,325 | - | 3,708 | 23 | 11,056 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
|
22,453 | 3,596 | 18,682 | 831 | 45,562 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Other
|
236 | - | 417 | - | 653 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial and industrial loans
|
2,853 | 89 | 93 | - | 3,035 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Consumer loans
|
- | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Other loans
|
86 | - | - | - | 86 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Total noncovered loans
|
36,212 | 3,804 | 27,815 | 1,775 | 69,606 | |||||||||||||||||||
|
Total acquired loans
|
$ | 47,308 | $ | 6,460 | $ | 43,866 | $ | 3,937 | $ | 101,571 | ||||||||||||||
|
Consumer Loans
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Past Due
|
Past Due
|
Total
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Current
|
30-89 Days
|
90 Days or More
|
Nonaccrual
|
Subtotal
|
Acquired Loans
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
Covered Loans:
(1)
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Loans secured by real estate:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Construction, land development and other land loans
|
$ | 306 | $ | 26 | $ | - | $ | - | $ | 332 | $ | 3,924 | ||||||||||||
|
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
|
14,311 | 1,028 | 1,650 | 38 | 17,027 | 23,990 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
|
692 | 169 | - | - | 861 | 18,407 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Other
|
1,468 | 48 | 52 | 7 | 1,575 | 3,567 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial and industrial loans
|
- | - | - | - | - | 747 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Consumer loans
|
177 | - | - | - | 177 | 177 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Other loans
|
104 | - | - | - | 104 | 1,229 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Total covered loans
|
17,058 | 1,271 | 1,702 | 45 | 20,076 | 52,041 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Noncovered loans:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Loans secured by real estate:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Construction, land development and other land loans
|
802 | - | 40 | - | 842 | 10,056 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
|
7,715 | 357 | 215 | 61 | 8,348 | 19,404 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
|
87 | - | - | - | 87 | 45,649 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Other
|
16 | - | - | - | 16 | 669 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial and industrial loans
|
- | - | - | - | - | 3,035 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Consumer loans
|
2,394 | 164 | 52 | - | 2,610 | 2,610 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Other loans
|
14 | - | - | - | 14 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Total noncovered loans
|
11,028 | 521 | 307 | 61 | 11,917 | 81,523 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Total acquired loans
|
$ | 28,086 | $ | 1,792 | $ | 2,009 | $ | 106 | $ | 31,993 | $ | 133,564 | ||||||||||||
|
(1)
|
Total dollar balances are presented in this table; however, these loans are covered by the loss-share agreement with the FDIC.
|
TNB is at risk for only 20% of the losses incurred on these loans.
Under FASB ASC Topic 310-30, acquired impaired loans are generally considered accruing and performing loans as the loans accrete interest income over the estimated life of the loan when expected cash flows are reasonably estimable. Accordingly, acquired impaired loans that are contractually past due are still considered to be accruing and performing loans as long as the estimated cash flows are received as expected. If the timing and amount of cash flows is not reasonably estimable, the loans may be classified as nonaccrual loans and interest income may be recognized on a cash basis or as a reduction of the principal amount outstanding. At March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, there were no acquired impaired loans accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-30 classified as nonaccrual loans. At March 31, 2013, approximately $2.9 million of acquired loans not accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-30 were classified as nonaccrual loans, compared to approximately $1.1 million of acquired loans at December 31, 2012.
33
The following table provides an aging analysis of contractually past due and nonaccrual acquired loans, by class at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 ($ in thousands):
|
March 31, 2013
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Past Due
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
90 Days
|
Current
|
Total Acquired
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
|
30-89 Days
|
or More
(1)
|
Total
|
Nonaccrual
(2)
|
Loans
|
Loans
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
Covered loans:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Loans secured by real estate:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Construction, land development and other land loans
|
$ | 1,315 | $ | 250 | $ | 1,565 | $ | 445 | $ | 1,865 | $ | 3,875 | ||||||||||||
|
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
|
2,043 | 1,344 | 3,387 | 176 | 17,417 | 20,980 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
|
3,817 | 592 | 4,409 | - | 12,946 | 17,355 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Other
|
121 | - | 121 | 6 | 3,238 | 3,365 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial and industrial loans
|
90 | 64 | 154 | 48 | 446 | 648 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Consumer loans
|
- | - | - | - | 179 | 179 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Other loans
|
367 | - | 367 | - | 820 | 1,187 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Total covered loans
|
7,753 | 2,250 | 10,003 | 675 | 36,911 | 47,589 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Noncovered loans:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Loans secured by real estate:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Construction, land development and other land loans
|
5,376 | 44,209 | 49,585 | 475 | 88,382 | 138,442 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
|
8,063 | 12,396 | 20,459 | 537 | 188,662 | 209,658 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
|
13,737 | 12,733 | 26,470 | 435 | 313,048 | 339,953 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Other
|
1,358 | 965 | 2,323 | 26 | 29,859 | 32,208 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial and industrial loans
|
2,156 | 2,722 | 4,878 | 763 | 229,645 | 235,286 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Consumer loans
|
1,042 | 444 | 1,486 | - | 31,208 | 32,694 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Other loans
|
193 | - | 193 | - | 14,693 | 14,886 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Total noncovered loans
|
31,925 | 73,469 | 105,394 | 2,236 | 895,497 | 1,003,127 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Total acquired loans
|
$ | 39,678 | $ | 75,719 | $ | 115,397 | $ | 2,911 | $ | 932,408 | $ | 1,050,716 | ||||||||||||
(1) - Past due 90 days or more but still accruing interest.
(2) - Acquired loans not accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-30.
|
December 31, 2012
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Past Due
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
90 Days
|
Current
|
Total Acquired
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
|
30-89 Days
|
or More
(1)
|
Total
|
Nonaccrual
(2)
|
Loans
|
Loans
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
Covered loans:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Loans secured by real estate:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Construction, land development and other land loans
|
$ | 240 | $ | 246 | $ | 486 | $ | 445 | $ | 2,993 | $ | 3,924 | ||||||||||||
|
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
|
1,705 | 1,883 | 3,588 | 234 | 20,168 | 23,990 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
|
3,953 | 1,539 | 5,492 | - | 12,915 | 18,407 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Other
|
221 | 52 | 273 | 9 | 3,285 | 3,567 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial and industrial loans
|
94 | 4 | 98 | 39 | 610 | 747 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Consumer loans
|
- | - | - | - | 177 | 177 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Other loans
|
- | - | - | - | 1,229 | 1,229 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Total covered loans
|
6,213 | 3,724 | 9,937 | 727 | 41,377 | 52,041 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Noncovered loans:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Loans secured by real estate:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Construction, land development and other land loans
|
- | 3,622 | 3,622 | - | 6,434 | 10,056 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
|
458 | 1,392 | 1,850 | 243 | 17,311 | 19,404 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
|
3,526 | 1,217 | 4,743 | 133 | 40,773 | 45,649 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Other
|
30 | 44 | 74 | - | 595 | 669 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial and industrial loans
|
217 | 23 | 240 | - | 2,795 | 3,035 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Consumer loans
|
164 | 52 | 216 | - | 2,394 | 2,610 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Other loans
|
- | - | - | - | 100 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Total noncovered loans
|
4,395 | 6,350 | 10,745 | 376 | 70,402 | 81,523 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Total acquired loans
|
$ | 10,608 | $ | 10,074 | $ | 20,682 | $ | 1,103 | $ | 111,779 | $ | 133,564 | ||||||||||||
(1) - Past due 90 days or more but still accruing interest.
(2) - Acquired loans not accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-30.
34
Trustmark recognizes as assets the rights to service mortgage loans based on the estimated fair value of the mortgage servicing rights (MSR) when loans are sold and the associated servicing rights are retained. Trustmark has elected to account for MSR at fair value.
The fair value of MSR is determined using discounted cash flow techniques benchmarked against third-party valuations. Estimates of fair value involve several assumptions, including the key valuation assumptions about market expectations of future prepayment rates, interest rates and discount rates which are provided by a third party firm. Prepayment rates are projected using an industry standard prepayment model. The model considers other key factors, such as a wide range of standard industry assumptions tied to specific portfolio characteristics such as remittance cycles, escrow payment requirements, geographic factors, foreclosure loss exposure, VA no-bid exposure, delinquency rates and cost of servicing, including base cost and cost to service delinquent mortgages. Prevailing market conditions at the time of analysis are factored into the accumulation of assumptions and determination of servicing value. In recent years, there have been significant market-driven fluctuations in loan prepayment speeds and discount rates. These fluctuations can be rapid and may continue to be significant. Therefore, estimating prepayment speed and/or discount rates within ranges that market participants would use in determining the fair value of MSR requires significant management judgment.
Trustmark also incorporates an economic hedging strategy, which utilizes a portfolio of exchange-traded derivative instruments that are accounted for at fair value with changes recorded in the results of operations, such as Treasury note futures contracts and option contracts, to achieve a fair value return that offsets the changes in fair value of the MSR attributable to interest rates. These transactions are considered freestanding derivatives that do not otherwise qualify for hedge accounting. Changes in the fair value of these derivative instruments, including administrative costs, are recorded in noninterest income in mortgage banking, net and are offset by the changes in the fair value of the MSR. The MSR fair value represents the present value of future cash flows, which among other things includes decay and the effect of changes in interest rates. Ineffectiveness of hedging the MSR fair value is measured by comparing the change in value of hedge instruments to the change in the fair value of the MSR asset attributable to changes in interest rates and other market driven changes in valuation inputs and assumptions. The impact of this strategy resulted in a net positive ineffectiveness of $1.3 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2013 compared to a net negative ineffectiveness of $1.0 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2012.
The activity in MSR is detailed in the table below ($ in thousands):
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
||||||||
|
2013
|
2012
|
|||||||
|
Balance at beginning of period
|
$ | 47,341 | $ | 43,274 | ||||
|
Origination of servicing assets
|
5,521 | 4,477 | ||||||
|
Change in fair value:
|
||||||||
|
Due to market changes
|
1,127 | 248 | ||||||
|
Due to runoff
|
(2,460 | ) | (2,106 | ) | ||||
|
Balance at end of period
|
$ | 51,529 | $ | 45,893 | ||||
Trustmark is subject to losses in its loan servicing portfolio due to loan foreclosures. Trustmark has obligations to either repurchase the outstanding principal balance of a loan or make the purchaser whole for the economic benefits of a loan if it is determined that the loan sold was in violation of representations or warranties made by Trustmark at the time of the sale, herein referred to as mortgage loan servicing putback expenses. Such representations and warranties typically include those made regarding loans that had missing or insufficient file documentation and/or loans obtained through fraud by borrowers or other third parties. Putback requests may be made until the loan is paid in full. When a putback request is received, Trustmark evaluates the request and takes appropriate actions based on the nature of the request. Effective January 1, 2013, Trustmark is required by FNMA and FHLMC to provide a response to putback requests within 60 days of the date of receipt. Currently, putback requests primarily relate to 2005 through 2008 vintage mortgage loans and to government sponsored entity-guaranteed mortgage-backed securities.
The total mortgage loan servicing putback expenses incurred by Trustmark during the first three months of 2013 and 2012 were $590 thousand and $1.9 million, respectively. During the second quarter of 2012, Trustmark updated its quarterly analysis of mortgage loan putback exposure. This analysis, along with recent mortgage industry trends, resulted in Trustmark providing an additional reserve of approximately $4.0 million in the second quarter of 2012. At March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the reserve for mortgage loan servicing putback expenses totaled $7.3 million and $7.8 million, respectively.
There is inherent uncertainty in reasonably estimating the requirement for reserves against future mortgage loan servicing putback expenses. Future putback expenses are dependent on many subjective factors, including the review procedures of the purchasers and the potential refinance activity on loans sold with servicing released and the subsequent consequences under the representations and warranties. Trustmark believes that it has appropriately reserved for potential mortgage loan putback requests.
35
Other Real Estate, excluding Covered Other Real Estate
Other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, is recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less the estimated cost of disposition. Fair value is based on independent appraisals and other relevant factors. Valuation adjustments required at foreclosure are charged to the allowance for loan losses. At March 31, 2013, Trustmark's geographic other real estate distribution was concentrated primarily in its five key market regions, Alabama, Florida, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas. The ultimate recovery of a substantial portion of the carrying amount of other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, is susceptible to changes in market conditions in these areas.
For the periods presented, changes and losses, net on other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, were as follows ($ in thousands):
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
||||||||
|
2013
|
2012
|
|||||||
|
Balance at beginning of period
|
$ | 78,189 | $ | 79,053 | ||||
|
Additions
(1)
|
49,980 | 8,864 | ||||||
|
Disposals
|
(8,162 | ) | (9,767 | ) | ||||
|
Writedowns
|
(1,601 | ) | (2,408 | ) | ||||
|
Balance at end of period
|
$ | 118,406 | $ | 75,742 | ||||
|
Loss, net on the sale of other real estate included in ORE/Foreclosure expense
|
$ | (15 | ) | $ | (416 | ) | ||
|
(1)
|
Includes $41.2 million of other real estate acquired from BancTrust at March 31, 2013, and $2.6 million of other real estate
acquired from Bay Bank at March 31, 2012.
|
Other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, by type of property consisted of the following for the periods presented ($ in thousands):
|
March 31,
|
December 31,
|
|||||||
|
2013
|
2012
|
|||||||
|
Construction, land development and other land properties
|
$ | 65,664 | $ | 46,957 | ||||
|
1-4 family residential properties
|
12,396 | 8,134 | ||||||
|
Nonfarm, nonresidential properties
|
37,746 | 22,760 | ||||||
|
Other real estate properties
|
2,600 | 338 | ||||||
|
Total other real estate, excluding covered other real estate
|
$ | 118,406 | $ | 78,189 | ||||
Other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, by geographic location consisted of the following for the periods presented ($ in thousands):
|
March 31,
|
December 31,
|
|||||||
|
2013
|
2012
|
|||||||
|
Alabama
|
$ | 28,870 | $ | - | ||||
|
Florida
|
30,662 | 18,569 | ||||||
|
Mississippi
(1)
|
26,457 | 27,771 | ||||||
|
Tennessee
(2)
|
18,339 | 17,589 | ||||||
|
Texas
|
14,078 | 14,260 | ||||||
|
Total other real estate, excluding covered other real estate
|
$ | 118,406 | $ | 78,189 | ||||
(1) - Mississippi includes Central and Southern Mississippi Regions
(2) - Tennessee includes Memphis, Tennessee and Northern Mississippi Regions
36
Covered Other Real Estate
Covered other real estate is initially recorded at its estimated fair value on the acquisition date based on an independent appraisal less estimated selling costs. Any subsequent valuation adjustments due to declines in fair value are charged to noninterest expense, and are mostly offset by noninterest income representing the corresponding increase to the FDIC indemnification asset for the offsetting loss reimbursement amount. Any recoveries of previous valuation adjustments are credited to noninterest expense with a corresponding charge to noninterest income for the portion of the recovery that is due to the FDIC.
For the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, changes and (losses) gains, net on covered other real estate were as follows ($ in thousands):
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
||||||||
|
2013
|
2012
|
|||||||
|
Balance at beginning of period
|
$ | 5,741 | $ | 6,331 | ||||
|
Transfers from covered loans
|
947 | 144 | ||||||
|
FASB ASC 310-30 adjustment for the residual recorded investment
|
(246 | ) | (10 | ) | ||||
|
Net transfers from covered loans
|
701 | 134 | ||||||
|
Disposals
|
(203 | ) | (518 | ) | ||||
|
Writedowns
|
(360 | ) | (123 | ) | ||||
|
Balance at end of period
|
$ | 5,879 | $ | 5,824 | ||||
|
(Loss) gain, net on the sale of covered other real estate included in ORE/Foreclosure expense
|
$ | (59 | ) | $ | 158 | |||
Covered other real estate by type of property consisted of the following for the periods presented ($ in thousands):
|
March 31,
|
December 31,
|
|||||||
|
2013
|
2012
|
|||||||
|
Construction, land development and other land properties
|
$ | 897 | $ | 1,284 | ||||
|
1-4 family residential properties
|
1,661 | 1,306 | ||||||
|
Nonfarm, nonresidential properties
|
3,264 | 3,151 | ||||||
|
Other real estate properties
|
57 | - | ||||||
|
Total covered other real estate
|
$ | 5,879 | $ | 5,741 | ||||
TNB elected to account for amounts receivable under the loss-share agreement TNB entered into at the time of its acquisition of the Heritage Banking Group (Heritage) as an indemnification asset in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 805. The FDIC indemnification asset is initially recorded at fair value, based on the discounted value of expected future cash flows under the loss-share agreement. The difference between the present value at acquisition date and the undiscounted cash flows TNB expects to collect from the FDIC is accreted into noninterest income over the life of the FDIC indemnification asset. Pursuant to the provisions of the loss-share agreement, the FDIC indemnification asset is presented net of any true-up provision due to the FDIC at the termination of the loss-share agreement.
The FDIC indemnification asset is reduced as expected losses on covered loans and covered other real estate decline or as loss-share claims are submitted to the FDIC. The FDIC indemnification asset is revalued concurrent with the loan re-estimation and adjusted for any changes in expected cash flows based on recent performance and expectations for future performance of covered loans and covered other real estate. These adjustments are measured on the same basis as the related covered loans and covered other real estate. Increases in cash flow of the covered loans and covered other real estate over those expected reduce the FDIC indemnification asset, and decreases in cash flow of the covered loans and covered other real estate under those expected increase the FDIC indemnification asset. Increases and decreases to the FDIC indemnification asset are recorded as adjustments to noninterest income.
In October 2012, FASB issued ASU 2012-06, “
Business Combinations (Topic 805): Subsequent Accounting for an Indemnification Asset Recognized at the Acquisition Date as a Result of a Government-Assisted Acquisition of a Financial Institution (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force)
,” to address the diversity in practice regarding how to account for the subsequent measurement of an indemnification asset recognized as a result of a government-assisted acquisition of a financial institution. ASU 2012-06 requires that the indemnification asset be measured subsequently on the same basis as the indemnified assets and, if the effect of the change in the cash flows expected to be collected on an indemnification asset must be amortized, the amortization period is limited to the lesser of the term of the indemnification agreement and the remaining life of the indemnified asset.
37
Trustmark has accounted for the FDIC indemnification asset using the “collectibility method,” which recognized write-downs of the FDIC indemnification asset resulting from improvements in expected cash flows and covered losses based on the re-estimation of the acquired covered loans, pay-offs of acquired covered loans, sales of covered other real estate, or reductions in FDIC loss claims immediately in noninterest income. Under ASU 2012-06, write-downs of the FDIC indemnification asset resulting from improvements in expected cash flows and covered losses based on the re-estimation of acquired covered loans will be recognized over the lesser of the remaining life or contractual period of the acquired covered loan by a yield adjustment on the accretion of the discount basis of the FDIC indemnification asset. All other valuation changes of the FDIC indemnification asset (i.e., pay-offs of acquired covered loans, sales of covered other real estate, and reductions of FDIC loss claims) will continue to be accounted for under the “collectibility method.”
The amendments in ASU 2012-06 are effective prospectively for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2012, and, therefore, were effective for Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements as of January 1, 2013. Management determined that the impact of this change in accounting principle was immaterial to Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements for the first three months of 2013.
Pursuant to the provisions of the loss-share agreement, TNB may be required to make a true-up payment to the FDIC at the termination of the loss-share agreement should actual losses be less than certain thresholds established in the agreement. TNB calculates the projected true-up payable to the FDIC quarterly and records a FDIC true-up provision for the present value of the projected true-up payable to the FDIC at the termination of the loss-share agreement. TNB’s FDIC true-up provision totaled $1.1 million at both March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.
Trustmark periodically re-estimates the expected cash flows on the acquired loans as required by FASB ASC Topic 310-30. For the first three months of 2013, this analysis resulted in improvements in the estimated future cash flows of the acquired covered loans that remain outstanding as well as lower expected remaining losses on those loans. The improvements in the estimated expected cash flows of the acquired covered loans resulted in a reduction of the expected loss-share receivable from the FDIC. During the first three months of 2013, other income included a write-down of the FDIC indemnification asset of $1.4 million on acquired covered loans as a result of loan pay-offs, improved cash flow projections and lower loss expectations for loan pools. Trustmark did not re-estimate the expected cash flows on the acquired loans during the first three months of 2012.
The following table presents changes in the FDIC indemnification asset for the periods presented ($ in thousands):
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
||||||||
|
2013
|
2012
|
|||||||
|
Balance at beginning of period
|
$ | 21,774 | $ | 28,348 | ||||
|
Accretion
|
54 | 65 | ||||||
|
Transfers to FDIC claims receivable
|
(270 | ) | - | |||||
|
Change in expected cash flows
(1)
|
(1,335 | ) | (93 | ) | ||||
|
Change in FDIC true-up provision
|
(25 | ) | (60 | ) | ||||
|
Balance at end of period
|
$ | 20,198 | $ | 28,260 | ||||
|
(1)
|
The decrease during the first three months of 2013 was due to loan pay-offs, improved cash flow projections, and lower loss expectations for covered loans. Amount does not reflect adoption of ASU 2012-06, which was immaterial for the first three months of 2013.
|
38
Deposits consisted of the following for the periods presented ($ in thousands):
|
March 31,
|
December 31,
|
|||||||
|
2013
|
2012
|
|||||||
|
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
|
$ | 2,534,287 | $ | 2,254,211 | ||||
|
Interest-bearing demand
|
1,753,561 | 1,481,182 | ||||||
|
Savings
|
3,128,416 | 2,322,280 | ||||||
|
Time
|
2,493,167 | 1,838,844 | ||||||
|
Total
|
$ | 9,909,431 | $ | 7,896,517 | ||||
Qualified Pension Plans
Trustmark maintains a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan (Trustmark Capital Accumulation Plan), which covers substantially all associates employed prior to 2007. The plan provides retirement benefits that are based on the length of credited service and final average compensation, as defined in the plan and vest upon three years of service. In an effort to control expenses, the Board voted to freeze plan benefits effective during 2009, with the exception of certain associates covered through plans obtained by acquisitions. Associates will not earn additional benefits, except for interest as required by the IRS regulations, after the effective date. Associates will retain their previously earned pension benefits.
As a result of the BancTrust acquisition on February 15, 2013, Trustmark acquired a qualified pension plan, which was frozen prior to the acquisition date. An unfunded plan benefit obligation of $2.7 million was recorded on the date of acquisition. During the first quarter of 2013, Trustmark recognized a reduction in expense in the amount of $120 thousand related to this plan which is included in the following table. The following table presents information regarding Trustmark’s net periodic benefit cost for the periods presented ($ in thousands):
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
||||||||
|
2013
|
2012
|
|||||||
|
Net periodic benefit cost
|
||||||||
|
Service cost
|
$ | 150 | $ | 140 | ||||
|
Interest cost
|
990 | 945 | ||||||
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
(1,541 | ) | (1,400 | ) | ||||
|
Recognized net actuarial loss
|
1,395 | 1,309 | ||||||
|
Net periodic benefit cost
|
$ | 994 | $ | 994 | ||||
The acceptable range of contributions to the plan is determined each year by the plan's actuary. Trustmark's policy is to fund amounts allowable for federal income tax purposes. The actual amount of the contribution is determined based on the plan's funded status and return on plan assets as of the measurement date, which is December 31. In July 2012, the Moving Ahead for Progress in the 21st Century Act (“MAP-21”) became effective. Through MAP-21, Congress provides pension sponsors with funding relief by stabilizing interest rates used to determine required funding contributions to defined benefit plans. Under MAP-21, instead of using a two-year average of these rates, plan sponsors determine required pension funding contributions based on a 25-year average of these rates with a cap and a floor. For 2013, the cap is set at 115% and the floor is set at 85% of the 25-year average of these rates as of September 30, 2012. Trustmark expects its minimum required contribution for 2013 to be $1.5 million. During 2012, Trustmark made a contribution of $1.5 million for the 2012 plan year.
Supplemental Retirement Plan
Trustmark maintains a nonqualified supplemental retirement plan covering directors who elected to defer fees, key executive officers and senior officers. The plan provides for defined death benefits and/or retirement benefits based on a participant's covered salary. Trustmark has acquired life insurance contracts on the participants covered under the plan, which may be used to fund future payments under the plan. The measurement date for the plan is December 31. The following table presents information regarding the plan's net periodic benefit cost for the periods presented ($ in thousands):
39
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
||||||||
|
2013
|
2012
|
|||||||
|
Net periodic benefit cost
|
||||||||
|
Service cost
|
$ | 149 | $ | 170 | ||||
|
Interest cost
|
484 | 517 | ||||||
|
Amortization of prior service cost
|
63 | 62 | ||||||
|
Recognized net actuarial loss
|
259 | 215 | ||||||
|
Net periodic benefit cost
|
$ | 955 | $ | 964 | ||||
Trustmark has granted, and currently has outstanding, stock and incentive compensation awards subject to the provisions of the 1997 Long Term Incentive Plan (the 1997 Plan) and the 2005 Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan (the 2005 Plan). New awards have not been issued under the 1997 Plan since it was replaced by the 2005 Plan.
The 2005 Plan is designed to provide flexibility to Trustmark regarding its ability to motivate, attract and retain the services of key associates and directors. The 2005 Plan allows Trustmark to make grants of nonqualified stock options, incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance units to key associates and directors.
Stock Option Grants
Stock option awards under the 2005 Plan were granted with an exercise price equal to the market price of Trustmark’s stock on the date of grant. Stock options granted under the 2005 Plan vested 20% per year and had a contractual term of seven years. Stock option awards, which were granted under the 1997 Plan, had an exercise price equal to the market price of Trustmark’s stock on the date of grant, vested equally over four years with a contractual ten-year term. During 2011, compensation expense related to stock options was fully recognized. Compensation expense for stock options granted under these plans was estimated using the fair value of each option granted using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and was recognized on the straight-line method over the requisite service period. No stock options have been granted since 2006, when Trustmark began granting restricted stock awards exclusively.
Restricted Stock Grants
Performance Awards
Trustmark’s performance awards are granted to Trustmark’s executive and senior management team. Performance awards granted vest based on performance goals of return on average tangible equity (ROATE) or return on average equity (ROAE) and total shareholder return (TSR) compared to a defined peer group. Awards based on TSR are valued utilizing a Monte Carlo simulation to estimate fair value of the awards at the grant date, while ROATE and ROAE awards are valued utilizing the fair value of Trustmark’s stock at the grant date based on the estimated number of shares expected to vest. The restriction period for performance awards covers a three-year vesting period. These awards are recognized using the straight-line method over the requisite service period. These awards provide for excess shares if performance measures exceed 100%. Any excess shares related to the performance awards granted in 2013 vest at the end of the three year performance period. Any excess shares related to the performance awards granted prior to 2013 are restricted for an additional three-year vesting period subsequent to the end of the three year performance period. The restricted share agreement provides for voting rights and dividend privileges.
Time-Vested Awards
Trustmark’s time-vested awards are granted to Trustmark’s executive and senior management team in both employee recruitment and retention. These awards are also granted to Trustmark’s Board of Directors and are restricted for three years from the award dates. Time-vested awards are valued utilizing the fair value of Trustmark’s stock at the grant date. These awards are recognized using the straight-line method over the requisite service period.
40
The following tables summarize the stock and incentive plan activity for the period presented:
|
Three Months Ended March 31, 2013
|
||||||||||||
|
Stock
|
Performance
|
Time-Vested
|
||||||||||
|
Options
|
Awards
|
Awards
|
||||||||||
|
Outstanding/Nonvested shares or units, beginning of period
|
699,600 | 159,583 | 317,573 | |||||||||
|
Granted
|
- | 62,119 | 86,955 | |||||||||
|
Granted - excess shares
|
- | - | 10,809 | |||||||||
|
Exercised or released from restriction
|
(11,800 | ) | (54,784 | ) | (66,456 | ) | ||||||
|
Expired
|
(14,500 | ) | - | - | ||||||||
|
Forfeited
|
- | (202 | ) | (3,925 | ) | |||||||
|
Outstanding/Nonvested shares or units, end of period
|
673,300 | 166,716 | 344,956 | |||||||||
The following table presents information regarding compensation expense for stock and incentive plans for the periods presented ($ in thousands):
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
||||||||
|
2013
|
2012
|
|||||||
|
Compensation expense - Stock and Incentive plans:
|
||||||||
|
Performance awards
|
$ | 211 | $ | 219 | ||||
|
Time-vested awards
|
811 | 908 | ||||||
|
Total
|
$ | 1,022 | $ | 1,127 | ||||
Lending Related
Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by Trustmark to insure the performance of a customer to a third party. Trustmark issues financial and performance standby letters of credit in the normal course of business in order to fulfill the financing needs of its customers. A financial standby letter of credit irrevocably obligates Trustmark to pay a third-party beneficiary when a customer fails to repay an outstanding loan or debt instrument. A performance standby letter of credit irrevocably obligates Trustmark to pay a third-party beneficiary when a customer fails to perform some contractual, nonfinancial obligation. When issuing letters of credit, Trustmark uses essentially the same policies regarding credit risk and collateral, which are followed in the lending process. At March 31, 2013 and 2012, Trustmark’s maximum exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party for letters of credit was $156.1 million and $161.7 million, respectively. These amounts consist primarily of commitments with maturities of less than three years, which have an immaterial carrying value. Trustmark holds collateral to support standby letters of credit when deemed necessary. As of March 31, 2013, the fair value of collateral held was $52.7 million.
Legal Proceedings
Trustmark’s wholly-owned subsidiary, TNB, has been named as a defendant in two lawsuits related to the collapse of the Stanford Financial Group. The first is a purported class action complaint that was filed on August 23, 2009 in the District Court of Harris County, Texas, by Peggy Roif Rotstain, Guthrie Abbott, Catherine Burnell, Steven Queyrouze, Jaime Alexis Arroyo Bornstein and Juan C. Olano, on behalf of themselves and all others similarly situated, naming TNB and four other financial institutions unaffiliated with Trustmark as defendants. The complaint seeks to recover (i) alleged fraudulent transfers from each of the defendants in the amount of fees and other monies received by each defendant from entities controlled by R. Allen Stanford (collectively, the “Stanford Financial Group”) and (ii) damages allegedly attributable to alleged conspiracies by one or more of the defendants with the Stanford Financial Group to commit fraud and/or aid and abet fraud on the asserted grounds that defendants knew or should have known the Stanford Financial Group was conducting an illegal and fraudulent scheme. Plaintiffs have demanded a jury trial. Plaintiffs did not quantify damages. In November 2009, the lawsuit was removed to federal court by certain defendants and then transferred by the United States Panel on Multidistrict Litigation to federal court in the Northern District of Texas (Dallas) where multiple Stanford related matters are being consolidated for pre-trial proceedings. In May 2010, all defendants (including TNB) filed motions to dismiss the lawsuit, and the motions to dismiss have been fully briefed by all parties. The court has not yet ruled on the defendants’ motions to dismiss. In August 2010, the court authorized and approved the formation of an Official Stanford Investors Committee to represent the interests of Stanford investors and, under certain circumstances, to file legal actions for the benefit of Stanford investors. In December 2011, the Official Stanford Investors Committee (“OSIC”) filed a motion to intervene in this action. In September 2012, the district court referred the case to a magistrate judge for hearing and determination of certain pretrial issues. In December 2012, the court granted the OSIC’s motion to intervene, and the OSIC filed an Intervenor Complaint against one of the other defendant financial institutions. In February 2013, the OSIC filed an additional Intervenor Complaint that asserts claims against TNB and the remaining defendant financial institutions. The OSIC seeks to recover: (i) alleged fraudulent transfers in the amount of the fees each of the defendants allegedly received from Stanford Financial Group, the profits each of the defendants allegedly made from Stanford Financial Group deposits, and other monies each of the defendants allegedly received from Stanford Financial Group; (ii) damages attributable to alleged conspiracies by each of the defendants with the Stanford Financial Group to commit fraud and/or aid and abet fraud and conversion on the asserted grounds that the defendants knew or should have known the Stanford Financial Group was conducting an illegal and fraudulent scheme; and (iii) punitive damages. The OSIC did not quantify damages.
41
The second Stanford-related lawsuit was filed on December 14, 2009 in the District Court of Ascension Parish, Louisiana, individually by Harold Jackson, Paul Blaine, Carolyn Bass Smith, Christine Nichols, and Ronald and Ramona Hebert naming TNB (misnamed as Trust National Bank) and other individuals and entities not affiliated with Trustmark as defendants. The complaint seeks to recover the money lost by these individual plaintiffs as a result of the collapse of the Stanford Financial Group (in addition to other damages) under various theories and causes of action, including negligence, breach of contract, breach of fiduciary duty, negligent misrepresentation, detrimental reliance, conspiracy, and violation of Louisiana’s uniform fiduciary, securities, and racketeering laws. The complaint does not quantify the amount of money the plaintiffs seek to recover. In January 2010, the lawsuit was removed to federal court by certain defendants and then transferred by the United States Panel on Multidistrict Litigation to federal court in the Northern District of Texas (Dallas) where multiple Stanford related matters are being consolidated for pre-trial proceedings. On March 29, 2010, the court stayed the case. TNB filed a motion to lift the stay, which was denied on February 28, 2012. In September 2012, the district court referred the case to a magistrate judge for hearing and determination of certain pretrial issues.
TNB’s relationship with the Stanford Financial Group began as a result of Trustmark’s acquisition of a Houston-based bank in August 2006, and consisted of correspondent banking and other traditional banking services in the ordinary course of business. Both Stanford-related lawsuits are in their preliminary stages and have been previously disclosed by Trustmark.
TNB is the defendant in two putative class actions challenging TNB’s practices regarding "overdraft" or "non-sufficient funds" fees charged by TNB in connection with customer use of debit cards, including TNB’s order of processing transactions, notices and calculations of charges, and calculations of fees. Kathy D. White v. TNB was filed in Tennessee state court in Memphis, Tennessee and was removed on June 19, 2012 to the United States District Court for the Western District of Tennessee. (Plaintiff Kathy White had filed an earlier, virtually identical action that was voluntarily dismissed.) Leroy Jenkins v. TNB was filed on June 4, 2012 in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Mississippi. The White and Jenkins pleadings are matters of public record in the files of the courts. In both cases, the plaintiffs purport to represent classes of similarly-situated customers of TNB. The White complaint asserts claims of breach of contract, breach of a duty of good faith and fair dealing, unconscionability, conversion, and unjust enrichment. The Jenkins complaint originally included similar allegations as well as federal-law claims under the Electronic Funds Transfer Act (EFTA) and RICO; however, the RICO claims were voluntarily dismissed from the case on January 9, 2013. Each of these complaints seeks the imposition of a constructive trust and unquantified damages. These complaints are largely patterned after similar lawsuits that have been filed against other banks across the country. On July 19, 2012, the plaintiff in the White case filed an amended complaint to add plaintiffs from Mississippi and also to add federal EFTA claims. Trustmark contends that amended complaint was procedurally improper. On October 4, 2012, the plaintiff in the White case moved for leave to add two Tennessee plaintiffs. That motion is pending for decision. Trustmark has filed preliminary dismissal and venue transfer motions, and discovery has begun, in the White case; the Jenkins case has also entered the active discovery stage.
Trustmark and its subsidiaries are also parties to other lawsuits and other claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. Some of the lawsuits assert claims related to the lending, collection, servicing, investment, trust and other business activities, and some of the lawsuits allege substantial claims for damages.
All pending legal proceedings described above are being vigorously contested. In the regular course of business, Management evaluates estimated losses or costs related to litigation, and provision is made for anticipated losses whenever Management believes that such losses are probable and can be reasonably estimated. At the present time, Management believes, based on the advice of legal counsel and Management’s evaluation, that (i) the final resolution of pending legal proceedings described above will not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material impact on Trustmark’s consolidated financial position or results of operations and
(ii) a loss in any such case is not probable at this time, and thus no accrual is required under FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 450-20 (ASC 450). In addition, given the preliminary nature of these matters and the lack of any quantification by plaintiffs of the relief being sought, to the extent that a loss in any such matter may be viewed as reasonably possible under ASC 450, it is not possible at this time to provide an estimate of any such possible loss (or range of possible loss) for any such matter.
Basic earnings per share (EPS) is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding, adjusted for the effect of potentially dilutive stock awards outstanding during the period. The following table reflects weighted-average shares used to calculate basic and diluted EPS for the periods presented (in thousands):
42
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
||||||||
|
|
2013
|
2012
|
||||||
|
Basic shares
|
65,983 | 64,297 | ||||||
|
Dilutive shares
|
167 | 180 | ||||||
|
Diluted shares
|
66,150 | 64,477 | ||||||
Weighted-average antidilutive stock awards were excluded in determining diluted earnings per share. The following table reflects weighted-average antidilutive stock awards for the periods presented (in thousands):
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
||||||||
|
|
2013
|
2012
|
||||||
|
Weighted-average antidilutive shares
|
696 | 1,035 | ||||||
For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand and amounts due from banks. The following table reflects specific transaction amounts for the periods presented ($ in thousands):
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
||||||||
|
|
2013
|
2012
|
||||||
|
Income taxes paid
|
$ | 480 | $ | 465 | ||||
|
Interest expense paid on deposits and borrowings
|
5,023 | 8,560 | ||||||
|
Noncash transfers from loans to foreclosed properties
(1)
|
8,886 | 8,864 | ||||||
|
Assets acquired in business combinations
|
1,851,878 | 234,960 | ||||||
|
Liabilities assumed in business combinations
|
1,821,066 | 209,322 | ||||||
(1) Includes transfers from covered loans to foreclosed properties.
Trustmark and TNB are subject to minimum capital requirements, which are administered by various federal regulatory agencies. These capital requirements, as defined by federal guidelines, involve quantitative and qualitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet instruments. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the financial statements of Trustmark and TNB. As of March 31, 2013, Trustmark and TNB have exceeded all of the minimum capital standards for the parent company and its primary banking subsidiary as established by regulatory requirements. In addition, TNB has met applicable regulatory guidelines to be considered well-capitalized at March 31, 2013. To be categorized in this manner, TNB must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the accompanying table. There are no significant conditions or events that have occurred since March 31, 2013, which Management believes have affected TNB's present classification.
43
Trustmark's and TNB's actual regulatory capital amounts and ratios are presented in the table below ($ in thousands):
|
Minimum Regulatory
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Actual
|
Minimum Regulatory
|
Provision to be
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Regulatory Capital
|
Capital Required
|
Well-Capitalized
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Amount
|
Ratio
|
Amount
|
Ratio
|
Amount
|
Ratio
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
At March 31, 2013:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Trustmark Corporation
|
$ | 1,133,455 | 14.36 | % | $ | 631,326 | 8.00 | % | n/a | n/a | ||||||||||||||
|
Trustmark National Bank
|
1,056,721 | 13.52 | % | 625,446 | 8.00 | % | $ | 781,807 | 10.00 | % | ||||||||||||||
|
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Trustmark Corporation
|
$ | 1,020,170 | 12.93 | % | $ | 315,663 | 4.00 | % | n/a | n/a | ||||||||||||||
|
Trustmark National Bank
|
945,910 | 12.10 | % | 312,723 | 4.00 | % | $ | 469,084 | 6.00 | % | ||||||||||||||
|
Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Trustmark Corporation
|
$ | 1,020,170 | 9.83 | % | $ | 311,397 | 3.00 | % | n/a | n/a | ||||||||||||||
|
Trustmark National Bank
|
945,910 | 9.23 | % | 307,596 | 3.00 | % | $ | 512,660 | 5.00 | % | ||||||||||||||
|
At December 31, 2012:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Trustmark Corporation
|
$ | 1,157,838 | 17.22 | % | $ | 537,861 | 8.00 | % | n/a | n/a | ||||||||||||||
|
Trustmark National Bank
|
1,119,438 | 16.85 | % | 531,577 | 8.00 | % | $ | 664,472 | 10.00 | % | ||||||||||||||
|
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Trustmark Corporation
|
$ | 1,043,865 | 15.53 | % | $ | 268,930 | 4.00 | % | n/a | n/a | ||||||||||||||
|
Trustmark National Bank
|
1,007,775 | 15.17 | % | 265,789 | 4.00 | % | $ | 398,683 | 6.00 | % | ||||||||||||||
|
Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Trustmark Corporation
|
$ | 1,043,865 | 10.97 | % | $ | 285,556 | 3.00 | % | n/a | n/a | ||||||||||||||
|
Trustmark National Bank
|
1,007,775 | 10.72 | % | 281,984 | 3.00 | % | $ | 469,974 | 5.00 | % | ||||||||||||||
The data under the column “Actual Regulatory Capital” at March 31, 2013 in the foregoing table are lower than the data included by Trustmark in its Current Report on Form 8-K (under Item 2.02 thereof) that was furnished to the SEC on April 23, 2013. The revisions correct an error, discovered by Trustmark, that occurred in the application of a disallowance of a portion of the total deferred tax assets from inclusion in the calculation of these regulatory capital ratios. The disallowance was the result of an increase in total deferred tax assets due to the BancTrust acquisition and reduces the regulatory capital ratios by amounts that range from 11 basis points to 16 basis points, which Management believes are, in each case, immaterial.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
The following table presents the components of accumulated other comprehensive income and the related tax effects allocated to each component for the periods ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 ($ in thousands):
|
Accumulated
|
||||||||||||
|
Other
|
||||||||||||
|
Before-Tax
|
Tax
|
Comprehensive
|
||||||||||
|
Amount
|
Effect
|
Income
|
||||||||||
|
Balance, January 1, 2013
|
$ | 5,533 | $ | (2,138 | ) | $ | 3,395 | |||||
|
Unrealized holding gains on AFS arising during period
|
2,234 | (854 | ) | 1,380 | ||||||||
|
Adjustment for net gains realized in net income
|
(204 | ) | 78 | (126 | ) | |||||||
|
Pension and other postretirement benefit plans
|
1,717 | (657 | ) | 1,060 | ||||||||
|
Balance, March 31, 2013
|
$ | 9,280 | $ | (3,571 | ) | $ | 5,709 | |||||
|
Balance, January 1, 2012
|
$ | 5,089 | $ | (1,968 | ) | $ | 3,121 | |||||
|
Unrealized holding losses on AFS arising during period
|
(3,103 | ) | 1,187 | (1,916 | ) | |||||||
|
Adjustment for net gains realized in net income
|
(1,050 | ) | 402 | (648 | ) | |||||||
|
Pension and other postretirement benefit plans
|
1,587 | (607 | ) | 980 | ||||||||
|
Balance, March 31, 2012
|
$ | 2,523 | $ | (986 | ) | $ | 1,537 | |||||
44
The following table presents the amounts affecting accumulated other comprehensive income that are included in their entirety in net income for the periods presented ($ in thousands). Reclassification adjustments related to securities available for sale are included in securities gains, net in the accompanying consolidated statements of income. The amortization of prior service cost and recognized net actuarial loss on pension and other postretirement benefit plans are included in the computation of net periodic benefit cost (see Note 10 - Defined Benefit and Other Postretirement Benefits for additional details).
|
Pre-Tax
|
Tax
|
After Tax
|
||||||||||
|
Income
|
(Expense)
|
Income
|
||||||||||
|
(Expense)
|
Benefit
|
(Expense)
|
||||||||||
| Three Months Ended March 31, 2013: | ||||||||||||
|
Securities available for sale:
|
||||||||||||
|
Reclassification adjustment for net gains realized in net income
|
$ | 204 | $ | (78 | ) | $ | 126 | |||||
|
Pension and other postretirement benefit plans:
|
||||||||||||
|
Amortization of prior service cost
|
$ | (63 | ) | $ | 24 | $ | (39 | ) | ||||
|
Recognized net actuarial loss
|
(1,654 | ) | 633 | (1,021 | ) | |||||||
|
Total pension and other postretirement benefit plans
|
$ | (1,717 | ) | $ | 657 | $ | (1,060 | ) | ||||
| Three Months Ended March 31, 2012: | ||||||||||||
|
Securities available for sale:
|
||||||||||||
|
Reclassification adjustment for net gains realized in net income
|
$ | 1,050 | $ | (402 | ) | $ | 648 | |||||
|
Pension and other postretirement benefit plans:
|
||||||||||||
|
Amortization of prior service cost
|
$ | (62 | ) | $ | 24 | $ | (38 | ) | ||||
|
Recognized net actuarial loss
|
(1,524 | ) | 582 | (942 | ) | |||||||
|
Total pension and other postretirement benefit plans
|
$ | (1,586 | ) | $ | 606 | $ | (980 | ) | ||||
Fair Value Measurements
FASB ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and requires certain disclosures about fair value measurements. The fair value of an asset or liability is the price that would be received to sell that asset or paid to transfer that liability in an orderly transaction occurring in the principal market (or most advantageous market in the absence of a principal market) for such asset or liability. Depending on the nature of the asset or liability, Trustmark uses various valuation techniques and assumptions when estimating fair value. Inputs to valuation techniques include the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. FASB ASC Topic 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:
Level 1 Inputs – Valuation is based upon quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that Trustmark has the ability to access at the measurement date.
Level 2 Inputs – Valuation is based upon quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability such as interest rates, yield curves, volatilities and default rates and inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data.
Level 3 Inputs – Unobservable inputs reflecting the reporting entity’s own determination about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on the best information available.
In instances where the determination of the fair value measurement is based on inputs from different levels of the fair value hierarchy, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety is classified is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. Trustmark’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.
Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value
The methodologies Trustmark uses in determining the fair values are based primarily on the use of independent, market-based data to reflect a value that would be reasonably expected upon exchange of the position in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The large majority of assets that are stated at fair value are of a nature that can be valued using prices or inputs that are readily observable through a variety of independent data providers. The providers selected by Trustmark for fair valuation data are widely recognized and accepted vendors whose evaluations support the pricing functions of financial institutions, investment and mutual funds, and portfolio managers. Trustmark has documented and evaluated the pricing methodologies used by the vendors and maintains internal processes that regularly test valuations for anomalies.
Trustmark utilizes an independent pricing service to advise it on the carrying value of the securities available for sale portfolio. As part of Trustmark’s procedures, the price provided from the service is evaluated for reasonableness given market changes. When a questionable price exists, Trustmark investigates further to determine if the price is valid. If needed, other market participants may be utilized to determine the correct fair value. Trustmark has also reviewed and confirmed its determinations in thorough discussions with the pricing source regarding their methods of price discovery.
45
Mortgage loan commitments are valued based on the securities prices of similar collateral, term, rate and delivery for which the loan is eligible to deliver in place of the particular security. Trustmark acquires a broad array of mortgage security prices that are supplied by a market data vendor, which in turn accumulates prices from a broad list of securities dealers. Prices are processed through a mortgage pipeline management system that accumulates and segregates all loan commitment and forward-sale transactions according to the similarity of various characteristics (maturity, term, rate, and collateral). Prices are matched to those positions that are deemed to be an eligible substitute or offset (i.e., “deliverable”) for a corresponding security observed in the market place.
Trustmark estimates fair value of MSR through the use of prevailing market participant assumptions and market participant valuation processes. This valuation is periodically tested and validated against other third-party firm valuations.
Trustmark obtains the fair value of interest rate swaps from a third-party pricing service that uses an industry standard discounted cash flow methodology. In addition, credit valuation adjustments are incorporated in the fair values to account for potential nonperformance risk. In adjusting the fair value of its interest rate swap contracts for the effect of nonperformance risk, Trustmark has considered any applicable credit enhancements such as collateral postings, thresholds, mutual puts, and guarantees. In conjunction with the FASB’s fair value measurement guidance, Trustmark made an accounting policy election to measure the credit risk of these derivative financial instruments, which are subject to master netting agreements, on a net basis by counterparty portfolio.
Trustmark has determined that the majority of the inputs used to value its interest rate swaps offered to qualified commercial borrowers fall within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, while the credit valuation adjustments associated with these derivatives utilize Level 3 inputs, such as estimates of current credit spreads. Trustmark has assessed the significance of the impact of the credit valuation adjustments on the overall valuation of its interest rate swaps and has determined that the credit valuation adjustment is not significant to the overall valuation of these derivatives. As a result, Trustmark classifies its interest rate swap valuations in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
Trustmark also utilizes exchange-traded derivative instruments such as Treasury note futures contracts and option contracts to achieve a fair value return that offsets the changes in fair value of MSR attributable to interest rates. Fair values of these derivative instruments are determined from quoted prices in active markets for identical assets therefore allowing them to be classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. In addition, Trustmark utilizes derivative instruments such as interest rate lock commitments in its mortgage banking area which lack observable inputs for valuation purposes resulting in their inclusion in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
At this time, Trustmark presents no fair values that are derived through internal modeling. Should positions requiring fair valuation arise that are not relevant to existing methodologies, Trustmark will make every reasonable effort to obtain market participant assumptions, or independent evaluation.
46
Financial Assets and Liabilities
The following table summarizes financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, segregated by the level of valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value ($ in thousands). There were no transfers between fair value levels for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012.
|
March 31, 2013
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Total
|
Level 1
|
Level 2
|
Level 3
|
|||||||||||||
|
U.S. Treasury securities
|
$ | 506 | $ | - | $ | 506 | $ | - | ||||||||
|
U.S. Government agency obligations
|
327,519 | - | 327,519 | - | ||||||||||||
|
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
|
218,467 | - | 218,467 | - | ||||||||||||
|
Mortgage-backed securities
|
2,760,089 | - | 2,760,089 | - | ||||||||||||
|
Asset-backed securities
|
239,502 | - | 239,502 | - | ||||||||||||
|
Securities available for sale
|
3,546,083 | - | 3,546,083 | - | ||||||||||||
|
Loans held for sale
|
207,758 | - | 207,758 | - | ||||||||||||
|
Mortgage servicing rights
|
51,529 | - | - | 51,529 | ||||||||||||
|
Other assets - derivatives
|
7,223 | 459 | 4,827 | 1,937 | ||||||||||||
|
Other liabilities - derivatives
|
6,242 | 518 | 5,724 | - | ||||||||||||
|
December 31, 2012
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Total
|
Level 1
|
Level 2
|
Level 3
|
|||||||||||||
|
U.S. Government agency obligations
|
$ | 105,745 | $ | - | $ | 105,745 | $ | - | ||||||||
|
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
|
215,761 | - | 215,761 | - | ||||||||||||
|
Mortgage-backed securities
|
2,094,612 | - | 2,094,612 | - | ||||||||||||
|
Asset-backed securities
|
241,627 | - | 241,627 | - | ||||||||||||
|
Securities available for sale
|
2,657,745 | - | 2,657,745 | - | ||||||||||||
|
Loans held for sale
|
257,986 | - | 257,986 | - | ||||||||||||
|
Mortgage servicing rights
|
47,341 | - | - | 47,341 | ||||||||||||
|
Other assets - derivatives
|
7,107 | (440 | ) | 5,263 | 2,284 | |||||||||||
|
Other liabilities - derivatives
|
6,612 | 545 | 6,067 | - | ||||||||||||
47
The changes in Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the periods ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 are summarized as follows ($ in thousands):
|
MSR
|
Other Assets -
Derivatives
|
|||||||
|
Balance, January 1, 2013
|
$ | 47,341 | $ | 2,284 | ||||
|
Total net (losses) gains included in net income
(1)
|
(1,333 | ) | 2,816 | |||||
|
Additions
|
5,521 | - | ||||||
|
Sales
|
- | (3,163 | ) | |||||
|
Balance, March 31, 2013
|
$ | 51,529 | $ | 1,937 | ||||
|
The amount of total gains for the period included in
earnings that are attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses still held at March 31, 2013 |
$ | 1,127 | $ | 427 | ||||
|
Balance, January 1, 2012
|
$ | 43,274 | $ | 702 | ||||
|
Total net (losses) gains included in net income
(1)
|
(1,858 | ) | 1,118 | |||||
|
Additions
|
4,477 | - | ||||||
|
Sales
|
- | (1,318 | ) | |||||
|
Balance, March 31, 2012
|
$ | 45,893 | $ | 502 | ||||
|
The amount of total gains (losses) for the period included in
earnings that are attributable to the change in unrealized gains or losses still held at March 31, 2012 |
$ | 248 | $ | (130 | ) | |||
|
(1)
|
Total net (losses) gains included in net income relating to MSR includes changes in fair value due to market changes and due to runoff.
|
Trustmark may be required, from time to time, to measure certain assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP. Assets at March 31, 2013, which have been measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, include impaired LHFI. Loans for which it is probable Trustmark will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement are considered impaired. Impaired LHFI have been determined to be collateral dependent and assessed using a fair value approach. Specific allowances for impaired LHFI are based on comparisons of the recorded carrying values of the loans to the present value of the estimated cash flows of these loans at each loan’s original effective interest rate, the fair value of the collateral or the observable market prices of the loans. Fair value estimates begin with appraised values based on the current market value/as-is value of the property being appraised, normally from recently received and reviewed appraisals. Appraisals are obtained from state-certified appraisers and are based on certain assumptions, which may include construction or development status and the highest and best use of the property. These appraisals are reviewed by Trustmark’s Appraisal Review Department to ensure they are acceptable. Appraised values are adjusted down for costs associated with asset disposal. At March 31, 2013, Trustmark had outstanding balances of $33.0 million in impaired LHFI that were specifically identified for evaluation and written down to fair value of the underlying collateral less cost to sell based on the fair value of the collateral or other unobservable input compared with $40.6 million at December 31, 2012. These impaired LHFI are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. Impaired LHFI are periodically reviewed and evaluated for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly based on the same factors identified above.
Please refer to Note 2 – Business Combinations, for financial assets and liabilities acquired, which were measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP.
Nonfinancial Assets and Liabilities
Certain nonfinancial assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis include foreclosed assets (upon initial recognition or subsequent impairment), nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities measured at fair value in the second step of a goodwill impairment test, and intangible assets and other nonfinancial long-lived assets measured at fair value for impairment assessment.
48
Other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, includes assets that have been acquired in satisfaction of debt through foreclosure and is recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less the estimated cost of disposition. Fair value is based on independent appraisals and other relevant factors. In the determination of fair value subsequent to foreclosure, Management also considers other factors or recent developments, such as changes in market conditions from the time of valuation and anticipated sales values considering plans for disposition, which could result in an adjustment to lower the collateral value estimates indicated in the appraisals. At March 31, 2013, Trustmark's geographic other real estate distribution is concentrated primarily in its five key market regions, Alabama, Florida, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas. The ultimate recovery of a substantial portion of the carrying amount of other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, is susceptible to changes in market conditions in these areas. Periodic revaluations are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy since assumptions are used that may not be observable in the market.
Certain foreclosed assets, upon initial recognition, are remeasured and reported at fair value through a charge-off to the allowance for loan losses based upon the fair value of the foreclosed asset. The fair value of a foreclosed asset, upon initial recognition, is estimated using Level 3 inputs based on adjusted observable market data. Foreclosed assets measured at fair value upon initial recognition totaled $50.0 million (utilizing Level 3 valuation inputs) during the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared with $8.9 million for the same period in 2012. In connection with the measurement and initial recognition of the foregoing foreclosed assets, Trustmark recognized charge-offs of the allowance for loan losses totaling $1.3 million and $392 thousand for the first three months of 2013 and 2012, respectively. Other than foreclosed assets measured at fair value upon initial recognition, $13.2 million of foreclosed assets were remeasured during the first three months of 2013, requiring write-downs of $1.6 million to reach their current fair values compared to $13.2 million of foreclosed assets that were remeasured during the first three months of 2012, requiring write-downs of $2.4 million.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
FASB ASC Topic 825, “Financial Instruments,” requires disclosure of the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities, including those financial assets and financial liabilities that are not measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis or non-recurring basis. A detailed description of the valuation methodologies used in estimating the fair value of financial instruments can be found in Note 19 – Fair Value included in Item 8 of Trustmark’s Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2012.
The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial instruments at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, are as follows ($ in thousands):
|
March 31, 2013
|
December 31, 2012
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Carrying
|
Estimated
|
Carrying
|
Estimated
|
|||||||||||||
|
Value
|
Fair Value
|
Value
|
Fair Value
|
|||||||||||||
|
Financial Assets:
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Level 2 Inputs:
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Cash and short-term investments
|
$ | 248,822 | $ | 248,822 | $ | 238,535 | $ | 238,535 | ||||||||
|
Securities held to maturity
|
73,666 | 78,096 | 42,188 | 46,888 | ||||||||||||
|
Level 3 Inputs:
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Net LHFI
|
5,397,496 | 5,496,683 | 5,514,016 | 5,619,933 | ||||||||||||
|
Net acquired loans
|
1,044,258 | 1,044,258 | 127,489 | 127,489 | ||||||||||||
|
FDIC indemnification asset
|
20,198 | 20,198 | 21,774 | 21,774 | ||||||||||||
|
Financial Liabilities:
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Level 2 Inputs:
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Deposits
|
9,909,431 | 9,918,637 | 7,896,517 | 7,904,179 | ||||||||||||
|
Short-term liabilities
|
266,094 | 266,094 | 375,749 | 375,749 | ||||||||||||
|
Long-term FHLB advances
|
10,969 | 10,969 | - | - | ||||||||||||
|
Subordinated notes
|
49,879 | 54,195 | 49,871 | 53,980 | ||||||||||||
|
Junior subordinated debt securities
|
94,856 | 75,465 | 61,856 | 40,206 | ||||||||||||
In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are generally based on estimates using present value techniques. Trustmark’s premise in present value techniques is to represent the fair values on a basis of replacement value of the existing instrument given observed market rates on the measurement date. These techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. In that regard, the derived fair value estimates for those assets or liabilities cannot be necessarily substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, may not be realizable in immediate settlement of the instruments. The estimated fair value of financial instruments with immediate and shorter-term maturities (generally 90 days or less) is assumed to be the same as the recorded book value. All nonfinancial instruments, by definition, have been excluded from these disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not represent the underlying value of Trustmark.
49
The fair values of net LHFI are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics. For variable rate LHFI that reprice frequently with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values. The fair values of certain mortgage LHFI, such as 1-4 family residential properties, are based on quoted market prices of similar loans sold in conjunction with securitization transactions, adjusted for differences in loan characteristics. The fair values of other types of LHFI are estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities. The processes for estimating the fair value of net LHFI described above does not represent an exit price under FASB ASC Topic 820 and such an exit price could potentially produce a different fair value estimate at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.
Trustmark maintains an overall interest rate risk management strategy that incorporates the use of derivative instruments to minimize significant unplanned fluctuations in earnings and cash flows caused by interest rate volatility. Trustmark’s interest rate risk management strategy involves modifying the repricing characteristics of certain assets and liabilities so that changes in interest rates do not adversely affect the net interest margin and cash flows. Under the guidelines of FASB ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging,” all derivative instruments are required to be recognized as either assets or liabilities and be carried at fair value on the balance sheet. The fair value of derivative positions outstanding is included in other assets and/or other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and in the net change in these financial statement line items in the accompanying consolidated statements of cash flows as well as included in noninterest income in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.
Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments
As part of Trustmark’s risk management strategy in the mortgage banking area, derivative instruments such as forward sales contracts are utilized. Trustmark’s obligations under forward contracts consist of commitments to deliver mortgage loans, originated and/or purchased, in the secondary market at a future date. These derivative instruments are designated as fair value hedges under FASB ASC Topic 815. The ineffective portion of changes in the fair value of the forward contracts and changes in the fair value of the loans designated as loans held for sale are recorded in noninterest income in mortgage banking, net. Trustmark’s off-balance sheet obligations under these derivative instruments totaled $292.0 million at March 31, 2013, with a negative valuation adjustment of $804 thousand, compared to $310.3 million, with a negative valuation adjustment of $738 thousand as of December 31, 2012.
Derivatives not Designated as Hedging Instruments
Trustmark utilizes a portfolio of exchange-traded derivative instruments, such as Treasury note futures contracts and option contracts, to achieve a fair value return that offsets the changes in fair value of MSR attributable to interest rates. These transactions are considered freestanding derivatives that do not otherwise qualify for hedge accounting. Changes in the fair value of these exchange-traded derivative instruments are recorded in noninterest income in mortgage banking, net and are offset by changes in the fair value of MSR. The MSR fair value represents the present value of future cash flows, which among other things includes decay and the effect of changes in interest rates. Ineffectiveness of hedging the MSR fair value is measured by comparing the change in value of hedge instruments to the change in the fair value of the MSR asset attributable to changes in interest rates and other market driven changes in valuation inputs and assumptions. The impact of this strategy resulted in a net positive ineffectiveness of $1.3 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2013 compared to a net negative ineffectiveness of $1.0 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2012.
Trustmark also utilizes derivative instruments such as interest rate lock commitments in its mortgage banking area. Rate lock commitments are residential mortgage loan commitments with customers, which guarantee a specified interest rate for a specified time period. Changes in the fair value of these derivative instruments are recorded in noninterest income in mortgage banking, net and are offset by the changes in the fair value of forward sales contracts. Trustmark’s off-balance sheet obligations under these derivative instruments totaled $180.6 million at March 31, 2013, with a positive valuation adjustment of $1.9 million, compared to $186.9 million, with a positive valuation adjustment of $2.3 million as of December 31, 2012.
Trustmark offers certain derivatives products such as interest rate swaps directly to qualified commercial borrowers seeking to manage their interest rate risk. Trustmark economically hedges interest rate swap transactions executed with commercial borrowers by entering into offsetting interest rate swap transactions with third parties. Derivative transactions executed as part of this program are not designated as qualifying hedging relationships and are, therefore, carried at fair value with the change in fair value recorded in noninterest income in bank card and other fees. Because these derivatives have mirror-image contractual terms, in addition to collateral provisions which mitigate the impact of non-performance risk, the changes in fair value substantially offset. As of March 31, 2013, Trustmark had interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $367.0 million related to this program, compared to $321.3 million as of December 31, 2012.
50
Trustmark has agreements with its financial institution counterparties that contain provisions where if Trustmark defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then Trustmark could also be declared in default on its derivative obligations.
As of March 31, 2013, the termination value of interest rate swaps in a liability position, which includes accrued interest but excludes any adjustment for nonperformance risk, related to these agreements was $5.0 million compared to $5.4 million as of December 31, 2012. As of March 31, 2013, Trustmark had posted collateral with a market value of $1.3 million against its obligations because of negotiated thresholds and minimum transfer amounts under these agreements. If Trustmark had breached any of these triggering provisions at March 31, 2013, it could have been required to settle its obligations under the agreements at the termination value.
Credit risk participation agreements arise when Trustmark contracts with other financial institutions, as a guarantor or beneficiary, to share credit risk associated with certain interest rate swaps. These agreements provide for reimbursement of losses resulting from a third party default on the underlying swap. As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, Trustmark had entered into two risk participation agreements as a beneficiary with an aggregate notional amount of $10.0 million and $10.1 million, respectively. The fair values of these risk participation agreements were immaterial at March 31, 2013.
Tabular Disclosures
The following tables disclose the fair value of derivative instruments in Trustmark’s balance sheets as well as the effect of these derivative instruments on Trustmark’s results of operations for the periods presented ($ in thousands):
|
March 31,
|
December 31,
|
|||||||
|
2013
|
2012
|
|||||||
|
Derivatives in hedging relationships
|
||||||||
|
Interest rate contracts:
|
||||||||
|
Forward contracts included in other liabilities
|
$ | 804 | $ | 738 | ||||
|
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
|
||||||||
|
Interest rate contracts:
|
||||||||
|
Futures contracts included in other assets
|
$ | 323 | $ | (482 | ) | |||
|
Exchange traded purchased options included in other assets
|
136 | 42 | ||||||
|
OTC written options (rate locks) included in other assets
|
1,937 | 2,284 | ||||||
|
Interest rate swaps included in other assets
|
4,808 | 5,241 | ||||||
|
Credit risk participation agreements included in other assets
|
19 | 22 | ||||||
|
Exchange traded written options included in other liabilities
|
518 | 545 | ||||||
|
Interest rate swaps included in other liabilities
|
4,920 | 5,329 | ||||||
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
||||||||
|
2013
|
2012
|
|||||||
|
Derivatives in hedging relationships
|
||||||||
|
Amount of (loss) gain recognized in mortgage banking, net
|
$ | (66 | ) | $ | 2,393 | |||
|
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
|
||||||||
|
Amount of loss recognized in mortgage banking, net
|
$ | (215 | ) | $ | (1,467 | ) | ||
|
Amount of (loss) gain recognized in bankcard and other fees
|
(27 | ) | 35 | |||||
51
Certain financial instruments, including resell and repurchase agreements, securities lending arrangements and derivatives, may be eligible for offset in the consolidated balance sheet and/or subject to master netting arrangements or similar agreements. Information about financial instruments that are eligible for offset in the consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 is presented in the following tables ($ in thousands):
|
Offsetting of Derivative Assets
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
As of March 31, 2013
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the
Statement of Financial Position
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Gross Amounts
of Recognized
Assets
|
Gross Amounts Offset
in the Statement of
Financial Position
|
Net Amounts of
Assets presented in
the Statement of
Financial Position
|
Financial
Instruments
|
Cash Collateral
Received
|
Net Amount
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
Derivatives
|
$ | 4,808 | $ | - | $ | 4,808 | $ | - | $ | - | $ | 4,808 | ||||||||||||
|
Offsetting of Derivative Liabilities
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
As of March 31, 2013
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the
Statement of Financial Position
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Gross Amounts
of Recognized
Liabilities
|
Gross Amounts Offset
in the Statement of
Financial Position
|
Net Amounts of
Liabilities presented
in the Statement of
Financial Position
|
Financial
Instruments
|
Cash Collateral
Posted
|
Net Amount
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
Derivatives
|
$ | 4,920 | $ | - | $ | 4,920 | $ | - | $ | 1,349 | $ | 3,571 | ||||||||||||
|
Offsetting of Derivative Assets
|
|
As of December 31, 2012
|
|
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the
Statement of Financial Position
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Gross Amounts
of Recognized
Assets
|
Gross Amounts Offset
in the Statement of
Financial Position
|
Net Amounts of
Assets presented in
the Statement of
Financial Position
|
Financial
Instruments
|
Cash Collateral
Received
|
Net Amount
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
Derivatives
|
$ | 5,241 | $ | - | $ | 5,241 | $ | - | $ | - | $ | 5,241 | ||||||||||||
|
Offsetting of Derivative Liabilities
|
|
As of December 31, 2012
|
|
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the
Statement of Financial Position
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Gross Amounts
of Recognized
Liabilities
|
Gross Amounts Offset
in the Statement of
Financial Position
|
Net Amounts of
Liabilities presented in
the Statement of
Financial Position
|
Financial
Instruments
|
Cash Collateral
Posted
|
Net Amount
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
Derivatives
|
$ | 5,329 | $ | - | $ | 5,329 | $ | - | $ | 1,370 | $ | 3,959 | ||||||||||||
Trustmark’s management reporting structure includes three segments: General Banking, Wealth Management and Insurance. General Banking is primarily responsible for all traditional banking products and services, including loans and deposits. General Banking also consists of internal operations such as Human Resources, Executive Administration, Treasury, Funds Management, Public Affairs and Corporate Finance. Wealth Management provides customized solutions for affluent customers by integrating financial services with traditional banking products and services such as private banking, money management, full-service brokerage, financial planning, personal and institutional trust and retirement services. Through Fisher Brown Bottrell Insurance, Inc. (FBBI), a wholly owned subsidiary of TNB, Trustmark’s Insurance Division provides a full range of retail insurance products including commercial risk management products, bonding, group benefits and personal lines coverage.
52
The accounting policies of each reportable segment are the same as those of Trustmark except for its internal allocations. Noninterest expenses for back-office operations support are allocated to segments based on estimated uses of those services. Trustmark measures the net interest income of its business segments with a process that assigns cost of funds or earnings credit on a matched-term basis. This process, called "funds transfer pricing," charges an appropriate cost of funds to assets held by a business unit, or credits the business unit for potential earnings for carrying liabilities. The net of these charges and credits flows through to the General Banking segment, which contains the management team responsible for determining the bank's funding and interest rate risk strategies.
The following table discloses financial information by reportable segment for the periods presented ($ in thousands).
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|||||||||
|
2013
|
2012
|
||||||||
|
General Banking
|
|||||||||
|
Net interest income
|
$ | 87,812 | $ | 85,766 | |||||
|
Provision for loan losses, net
|
(2,836 | ) | 3,101 | ||||||
|
Noninterest income
|
30,189 | 31,571 | |||||||
|
Noninterest expense
|
90,306 | 75,136 | |||||||
|
Income before income taxes
|
30,531 | 39,100 | |||||||
|
Income taxes
|
7,933 | 10,565 | |||||||
|
General banking net income
|
$ | 22,598 | $ | 28,535 | |||||
|
Selected Financial Information
|
|||||||||
|
Average assets
|
$ | 10,658,486 | $ | 9,613,776 | |||||
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
$ | 8,079 | $ | 6,223 | |||||
|
Wealth Management
|
|||||||||
|
Net interest income
|
$ | 1,098 | $ | 1,107 | |||||
|
Provision for loan losses, net
|
(2 | ) | (2 | ) | |||||
|
Noninterest income
|
6,906 | 5,588 | |||||||
|
Noninterest expense
|
5,830 | 5,487 | |||||||
|
Income before income taxes
|
2,176 | 1,210 | |||||||
|
Income taxes
|
723 | 395 | |||||||
|
Wealth management net income
|
$ | 1,453 | $ | 815 | |||||
|
Selected Financial Information
|
|||||||||
|
Average assets
|
$ | 76,227 | $ | 77,481 | |||||
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
$ | 42 | $ | 47 | |||||
|
Insurance
|
|||||||||
|
Net interest income
|
$ | 65 | $ | 71 | |||||
|
Noninterest income
|
7,244 | 6,626 | |||||||
|
Noninterest expense
|
6,009 | 5,151 | |||||||
|
Income before income taxes
|
1,300 | 1,546 | |||||||
|
Income taxes
|
485 | 576 | |||||||
|
Insurance net income
|
$ | 815 | $ | 970 | |||||
|
Selected Financial Information
|
|||||||||
|
Average assets
|
$ | 65,254 | $ | 63,749 | |||||
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
$ | 259 | $ | 319 | |||||
|
Consolidated
|
|||||||||
|
Net interest income
|
$ | 88,975 | $ | 86,944 | |||||
|
Provision for loan losses, net
|
(2,838 | ) | 3,099 | ||||||
|
Noninterest income
|
44,339 | 43,785 | |||||||
|
Noninterest expense
|
102,145 | 85,774 | |||||||
|
Income before income taxes
|
34,007 | 41,856 | |||||||
|
Income taxes
|
9,141 | 11,536 | |||||||
|
Consolidated net income
|
$ | 24,866 | $ | 30,320 | |||||
|
Selected Financial Information
|
|||||||||
|
Average assets
|
$ | 10,799,967 | $ | 9,755,006 | |||||
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
$ | 8,380 | $ | 6,589 | |||||
53
Accounting Policies Recently Adopted and Pending Accounting Pronouncements
ASU 2013-02, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.”
Issued in February 2013, ASU 2013-02 requires an entity to report the effect of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on net income line items only for those items that are reported in their entirety in net income in the period of reclassification. For these items, entities are required to disclose the effect of the reclassification on each line item of net income that is affected by the reclassification adjustment. For items that are not reclassified in their entirety into net income, an entity is required to add a cross-reference to the note that includes additional information about the effect of the reclassification. For entities that only have reclassifications into net income in their entirety, this information may be presented either in the notes or parenthetically on the face of the statement that reports net income as long as the required information is reported in a single location. Entities that have one or more reclassification items that are not presented in their entirety in net income in the period of reclassification must present this information in the notes to the financial statements. ASU 2013-02 became effective for Trustmark’s financial statements on January 1, 2013, and the adoption did not have a significant impact to Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements. The required disclosures are reported in Note 15 – Shareholders’ Equity.
ASU 2013-01. “Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.”
Issued in January 2013, ASU 2013-01 clarifies that the scope of ASU 2011-11, “Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities,” applies to derivatives accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 815, including bifurcated embedded derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending transactions that are either offset in accordance with Section 210-20-45 or Section 815-10-45 or subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreements. ASU 2013-01 became effective for Trustmark’s financial statements on January 1, 2013, and the adoption did not have a significant impact to Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements. The required disclosures are reported in Note 17 – Derivatives.
ASU 2012-06, “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Subsequent Accounting for an Indemnification Asset Recognized at the Acquisition Date as a Result of a Government-Assisted Acquisition of a Financial Institution (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force).”
Issued in October 2012, ASU 2012-06 addresses the diversity in practice about how to subsequently measure an indemnification asset recognized as a result of a government-assisted acquisition of a financial institution. The amendments in ASU 2012-06 require a reporting entity to subsequently account for a change in the measurement of the indemnification asset on the same basis as the change in the assets subject to indemnification. ASU 2012-06 further requires that any amortization of changes in value be limited to the lesser of the term of the indemnification agreement and the remaining life of the indemnified assets. The amendments in ASU 2012-06 are effective prospectively for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2012, and, therefore, were effective for Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements as of January 1, 2013. Management determined that the impact of the adoption of ASU 2012-06 did not have a significant impact on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements. See Note 8 – FDIC Indemnification Asset for additional information.
ASU 2012-02, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment.”
Issued in July 2012, ASU 2012-02 amends the guidance in ASC 350-30 on testing indefinite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill for impairment. Under the revised guidance, entities testing indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment have the option of performing a qualitative assessment before calculating the fair value of the reporting unit (i.e., step 1 of the indefinite-lived intangible assets impairment test). If entities determine, on the basis of qualitative factors, that the fair value of the reporting unit is more likely than not less than the carrying amount, the two-step impairment test would be required. The ASU does not change how indefinite-lived intangible assets are calculated or assigned to reporting units, nor does it revise the requirement to test indefinite-lived intangible assets annually for impairment. In addition, the ASU does not amend the requirement to test indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment between annual tests if events or circumstances warrant; however, it does revise the examples of events and circumstances that an entity should consider. The amendments of ASU 2012-02 are effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012. ASU 2012-02 became effect for Trustmark as of January 1, 2013. As Trustmark does not have any indefinite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill, the adoption of ASU 2012-02 had no impact on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.
54
|
ITEM 2.
|
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
|
The following provides a narrative discussion and analysis of Trustmark Corporation’s (Trustmark) financial condition and results of operations. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the unaudited consolidated financial statements and the supplemental financial data included elsewhere in this report.
Description of Business
Trustmark, a Mississippi business corporation incorporated in 1968, is a bank holding company headquartered in Jackson, Mississippi. Trustmark’s principal subsidiary is Trustmark National Bank (TNB), initially chartered by the State of Mississippi in 1889. At March 31, 2013, TNB had total assets of $11.740 billion, which represents approximately 99.1% of the consolidated assets of Trustmark.
Through TNB and its other subsidiaries, Trustmark operates as a financial services organization providing banking and other financial solutions through approximately 220 offices and 3,164 full-time equivalent associates located in the states of Alabama (primarily in the central and southern regions of that state which is referred to herein as Trustmark’s Alabama market), Florida (primarily in the northwest or “Panhandle” region of that state which is referred to herein as Trustmark’s Florida market), Mississippi, Tennessee (in Memphis and the Northern Mississippi region, which is collectively referred to herein as Trustmark’s Tennessee market), and Texas (primarily in Houston, which is referred to herein as Trustmark’s Texas market). The principal products produced and services rendered by TNB and Trustmark’s other subsidiaries are as follows:
Trustmark National Bank
Commercial Banking – TNB provides a full range of commercial banking services to corporations and other business customers. Loans are provided for a variety of general corporate purposes, including financing for commercial and industrial projects, income producing commercial real estate, owner-occupied real estate and construction and land development. TNB also provides deposit services, including checking, savings and money market accounts and certificates of deposit as well as treasury management services.
Consumer Banking – TNB provides banking services to consumers, including checking, savings, and money market accounts as well as certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts. In addition, TNB provides consumer customers with installment and real estate loans and lines of credit.
Mortgage Banking – TNB provides mortgage banking services, including construction financing, production of conventional and government insured mortgages, secondary marketing and mortgage servicing. At March 31, 2013, TNB’s mortgage loan portfolio totaled approximately $1.006 billion, while its portfolio of mortgage loans serviced for others, including Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) and Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA), totaled approximately $5.249 billion.
Insurance
–
TNB provides a competitive array of insurance solutions for business and individual risk management needs. Business insurance offerings include services and specialized products for medical professionals, construction, manufacturing, hospitality, real estate and group life and health plans. Individual customers are also provided life and health insurance, and personal line policies. TNB provides these services through Fisher Brown Bottrell Insurance, Inc. (FBBI), a Mississippi corporation which is based in Jackson, Mississippi.
Wealth Management and Trust Services – TNB offers specialized services and expertise in the areas of wealth management, trust, investment and custodial services for corporate and individual customers. These services include the administration of personal trusts and estates as well as the management of investment accounts for individuals, employee benefit plans and charitable foundations. TNB also provides corporate trust and institutional custody, securities brokerage, financial and estate planning, retirement plan services as well as life insurance and other risk management services provided by FBBI. TNB’s wealth management division is also served by Trustmark Investment Advisors, Inc. (TIA), a Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)-registered investment adviser. TIA provides customized investment management services for TNB. During the third quarter of 2012, Trustmark completed the sale and reorganization of $929.0 million of assets managed by TIA for the Performance Funds Trust (Performance Funds) to Federated Investors, Inc. (Federated) and certain of Federated’s subsidiaries, pursuant to the terms of the previously announced definitive agreement between Federated, TIA, and TNB. TIA no longer serves as investment adviser or custodian to the Performance Funds. However, Performance Funds held by Trustmark wealth management clients at the time of the reorganization were converted to various pre-determined Federated funds, and remain in Trustmark wealth management accounts. At March 31, 2013, Trustmark held assets under management and administration of $7.515 billion and brokerage assets of $1.554 billion.
55
Somerville Bank & Trust Company
Somerville Bank & Trust Company (Somerville), headquartered in Somerville, Tennessee, provides banking services in the eastern Memphis metropolitan statistical area (MSA) through five offices. At March 31, 2013, Somerville had total assets of $200.5 million.
Capital Trusts
Trustmark Preferred Capital Trust I (Trustmark Trust) is a Delaware trust affiliate formed in 2006 to facilitate a private placement of $60.0 million in trust preferred securities. BancTrust Financial Group (AL) Statutory Trust I (BancTrust Trust I), a Connecticut trust affiliate, and BancTrust Financial Group (AL) Statutory Trust #2 (BancTrust Trust II), a Delaware trust affiliate, were acquired as a result of Trustmark’s acquisition of BancTrust Financial Group, Inc (BancTrust) on February 15, 2013. BancTrust Trust I and BancTrust Trust II were formed to facilitate the issuance of $18.0 million and $15.0 million in trust preferred securities, respectively. As defined in applicable accounting standards, Trustmark Trust, BancTrust Trust I and BancTrust Trust II are considered variable interest entities for which Trustmark is not the primary beneficiary. Accordingly, the accounts of these trusts are not included in Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.
Executive Overview
While the economy has shown moderate signs of improvement, the outlook remains uncertain. While the national unemployment rate has continued to decline slightly during the first quarter of 2013, the consumer confidence index reported a sharp decline in March 2013 as uncertainty of the economic effects of the 2% increase in employment taxes and sequestration persist. The United States Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics reported the addition of approximately 88 thousand new jobs in March 2013 and that the national unemployment rate decreased to 7.6%, a four-year low. Consumer confidence was reported to have declined sharply in March 2013 after an increase in February 2013; these reports indicate a sharp decline in consumers’ expectations of improvements in the economy as well as a more pessimistic assessment of current business and labor markets. Doubts surrounding the sustainability of these signs of improvement are expected to persist for some time, especially as the magnitude of economic distress facing local markets place continued pressure on asset growth, asset quality and earnings, with the potential for undermining the stability of the banking organizations that serve these markets.
The European financial crisis has created risks and uncertainties affecting the global economy. As global markets react to potential resolutions of the European financial crisis and potential economic policy changes in Europe, assets, liabilities and cash flows with no direct connection to the European Union could be influenced. The potential impact on markets within the United States and on the economy of the United States is difficult to predict. Trustmark has no direct or indirect exposure to any debt of European sovereign and non-sovereign issuers, nor is it dependent upon any funding sources in the Eurozone for any short- or long-term liquidity. However, Trustmark, as a member of the global economy, could be indirectly affected if events in the Eurozone broadly cause widening of interest rate spreads or otherwise increase global market volatility.
On February 15, 2013, Trustmark completed its merger with BancTrust Financial Group, Inc. (BancTrust), a 26-year-old bank holding company headquartered in Mobile, Alabama. In accordance with the terms of the definitive agreement, the holders of BancTrust common stock received 0.125 of a share of Trustmark common stock for each share of BancTrust common stock in a tax-free exchange. Trustmark issued approximately 2.24 million shares of its common stock for all issued and outstanding shares of BancTrust common stock. The total value of the 2.24 million shares of Trustmark common stock issued to the BancTrust shareholders on the acquisition date was approximately $53.5 million, based on a closing stock price of $23.83 per share of Trustmark common stock on February 15, 2013. At closing, Trustmark repurchased the $50.0 million of BancTrust preferred stock and associated warrant issued to the U.S. Department of Treasury under the Capital Purchase Program for approximately $52.6 million.
The acquisition of BancTrust is consistent with Trustmark’s strategic plan to selectively expand the Trustmark franchise. The acquisition of BancTrust provided Trustmark entry into more than 15 markets in Alabama and enhanced the Trustmark franchise in the Florida Panhandle. See Note 2 – Business Combinations included elsewhere in this report for additional information regarding the BancTrust acquisition.
56
Management has continued to carefully monitor the impact of illiquidity in the financial markets, values of securities and other assets, loan performance, default rates and other financial and macro economic indicators, in order to navigate the challenging economic environment. To reduce exposure to certain loan categories, Management has continued to reduce certain loan classifications, including construction, land development and other land loans and indirect auto loans. Trustmark has continued to experience improvements in credit quality on loans held for investment (LHFI). As of March 31, 2013, classified LHFI balances decreased $76.9 million, or 24.7%, while criticized LHFI balances decreased $86.2 million, or 21.6%, when compared to balances at March 31, 2012.
TNB did not make significant changes to its loan underwriting standards during the first three months of 2013. TNB’s willingness to make loans to qualified applicants that meet its traditional, prudent lending standards has not changed. TNB adheres to interagency guidelines regarding concentration limits of commercial real estate loans. As a result of the economic downturn, TNB remains cautious in granting credit involving certain categories of real estate as well as making exceptions to its loan policy.
Management has continued its practice of maintaining excess funding capacity to provide Trustmark with adequate liquidity for its ongoing operations. In this regard, Trustmark benefits from its strong deposit base, its highly liquid investment portfolio and its access to funding from a variety of external funding sources such as upstream federal funds lines, FHLB advances and brokered deposits.
Critical Accounting Policies
Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and follow general practices within the financial services industry. Application of these accounting principles requires Management to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. These estimates, assumptions and judgments are based on information available as of the date of the consolidated financial statements; accordingly, as this information changes, actual financial results could differ from those estimates.
Certain policies inherently have a greater reliance on the use of estimates, assumptions and judgments and, as such, have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported. There have been no significant changes in Trustmark’s critical accounting estimates during the first three months of 2013.
Recent Legislative Developments
On June 7, 2012, the Federal Reserve Board, FDIC and the OCC jointly issued proposed rules to enhance regulatory capital requirements. The proposed rules are designed to address perceived shortcomings in the existing regulatory capital requirements that became evident during the recent financial crisis by implementing capital requirements in the Dodd-Frank Act and international capital regulatory standards by the Basel Committee. The proposed rules would increase and revise the federal bank agencies’ current minimum risk-based and leverage capital ratio requirements; introduce new risk-weight calculation methods for the “standardized” denominator; adopt a minimum common equity risk-based capital requirement; revise regulatory capital components and calculations; require regulatory capital buffers above the minimum risk-based capital requirements for certain banking organizations; and more generally restructure the agencies’ capital rules. Many of the proposed rules would apply to all depository institutions, bank holding companies with consolidated assets of $500 million or more, and savings and loan holding companies. The proposed rules also address the relevant provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, including removal of references to credit ratings in the capital rules and implementation of a capital floor, known as the “Collins Amendment.” The Federal Reserve Board, FDIC, and OCC indefinitely delayed the effective date of the proposed rules, and they did not indicate when they will issue final rules or when such rules would become effective. If implemented, it is expected that banking organizations subject to the proposed rules, including Trustmark, will be required to hold a greater amount of capital and a greater amount of common equity than they are currently required to hold.
Financial Highlights
Trustmark reported net income available to common shareholders of $24.9 million, or basic and diluted earnings per common share of $0.38 in the first quarter of 2013, compared to $30.3 million, or basic and diluted earnings per common share of $0.47 in the first quarter of 2012. Trustmark’s performance during the quarter ended March 31, 2013, produced a return on average tangible common equity of 10.82% and a return on average assets of 0.93% compared to a return on average tangible common equity of 13.41% and a return on average assets of 1.25% during the quarter ended March 31, 2012. Trustmark’s Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.23 per common share. The dividend is payable June 15, 2013, to shareholders of record on June 1, 2013.
At March 31, 2013, nonperforming assets totaled $201.7 million, an increase of $41.2 million, or 25.6%, compared to December 31, 2012, and total nonaccrual LHFI were $83.3 million, representing an increase of $959 thousand, or 1.2%, relative to December 31, 2012. Total net recoveries for the three months ended March 31, 2013 were $1.1 million compared to total net charge-offs of $1.9 million for the same time period in 2012.
57
On February 15, 2013, Trustmark completed its merger with BancTrust. The holders of BancTrust common stock received 0.125 of a share of Trustmark common stock for each share of BancTrust common stock in a tax-free exchange. Trustmark issued approximately 2.24 million shares of its common stock for all issued and outstanding shares of BancTrust common stock. At closing, Trustmark repurchased the $50.0 million of BancTrust preferred stock and associated warrant issued to the U.S. Department of Treasury under the Capital Purchase Program. At March 31, 2013, the carrying value of loans and deposits resulting from the BancTrust acquisition was $949.3 million and $1.726 billion, respectively. The operations of BancTrust are included in Trustmark’s operating results from February 15, 2013, and added revenue of $9.4 million and net income available to common shareholders, excluding non-routine merger expenses, of approximately $2.0 million through March 31, 2013. Included in noninterest expense for the first quarter of 2013 are non-routine BancTrust merger expenses totaling approximately $9.4 million (change in control and severance expense of $1.4 million included in salaries and employee benefits; professional fees, contract termination and other expenses of $7.9 million included in other expense). Such operating results are not necessarily indicative of future operating results.
An acceleration or significantly extended deterioration in loan performance and default levels, a significant increase in foreclosure activity, a material decline in the value of Trustmark’s assets (including loans and investment securities), or any combination of more than one of these trends could have a material adverse effect on Trustmark’s financial condition or results of operations.
58
|
Selected Financial Data
|
|||||||||
|
($ in thousands)
|
|||||||||
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|||||||||
|
2013
|
2012
|
||||||||
|
Consolidated Statements of Income
|
|
|
|||||||
|
Total interest income
|
$ | 95,455 | $ | 95,882 | |||||
|
Total interest expense
|
6,480 | 8,938 | |||||||
|
Net interest income
|
88,975 | 86,944 | |||||||
|
Provision for loan losses, LHFI
|
(2,968 | ) | 3,293 | ||||||
|
Provision for loan losses, acquired loans
|
130 | (194 | ) | ||||||
|
Noninterest income
|
44,339 | 43,785 | |||||||
|
Noninterest expense
|
102,145 | 85,774 | |||||||
|
Income before income taxes
|
34,007 | 41,856 | |||||||
|
Income taxes
|
9,141 | 11,536 | |||||||
|
Net Income
|
$ | 24,866 | $ | 30,320 | |||||
|
Common Share Data
|
|||||||||
|
Basic earnings per share
|
$ | 0.38 | $ | 0.47 | |||||
|
Diluted earnings per share
|
0.38 | 0.47 | |||||||
|
Cash dividends per share
|
0.23 | 0.23 | |||||||
|
Performance Ratios
|
|||||||||
|
Return on average common equity
|
7.61 | % | 9.93 | % | |||||
|
Return on average tangible common equity
|
10.82 | % | 13.41 | % | |||||
|
Return on average assets
|
0.93 | % | 1.25 | % | |||||
|
Net interest margin (fully taxable equivalent)
|
3.98 | % | 4.19 | % | |||||
|
Credit Quality Ratios
(1)
|
|||||||||
|
Net charge-offs/average loans
|
-0.08 | % | 0.13 | % | |||||
|
Provision for loan losses/average loans
|
-0.21 | % | 0.22 | % | |||||
|
Nonperforming loans/total loans (incl LHFS*)
|
1.47 | % | 1.76 | % | |||||
|
Nonperforming assets/total loans
|
|||||||||
|
(incl LHFS*) plus ORE**
|
3.48 | % | 2.99 | % | |||||
|
Allowance for loan losses/total loans (excl LHFS*)
|
1.40 | % | 1.57 | % | |||||
|
March 31,
|
2013 | 2012 | |||||||
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets
|
|||||||||
|
Total assets
|
$ | 11,850,515 | $ | 9,931,593 | |||||
|
Securities
|
3,619,749 | 2,647,674 | |||||||
|
Loans held for investment and acquired loans (including LHFS*)
|
6,732,870 | 6,177,290 | |||||||
|
Deposits
|
9,909,431 | 8,090,746 | |||||||
|
Common shareholders' equity
|
1,352,946 | 1,241,520 | |||||||
|
Common Stock Performance
|
|||||||||
|
Market value - close
|
$ | 25.01 | $ | 24.98 | |||||
|
Common book value
|
20.15 | 19.17 | |||||||
|
Tangible common book value
|
13.96 | 14.38 | |||||||
|
Capital Ratios
|
|||||||||
|
Common equity/total assets
|
11.42 | % | 12.50 | % | |||||
|
Tangible common equity/tangible assets
|
8.20 | % | 9.68 | % | |||||
|
Tangible common equity/risk-weighted assets
|
11.88 | % | 13.89 | % | |||||
|
Tier 1 leverage ratio
|
9.83 | % | 10.55 | % | |||||
|
Tier 1 common risk-based capital ratio
|
11.75 | % | 13.98 | % | |||||
|
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
|
12.93 | % | 14.87 | % | |||||
|
Total risk-based capital ratio
|
14.36 | % | 16.72 | % | |||||
(1)
- Excludes Acquired Loans and Covered Other Real Estate.
* - LHFS is Loans Held for Sale.
** - ORE is Other Real Estate.
59
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
In addition to capital ratios defined by GAAP and banking regulators, Trustmark utilizes various tangible common equity measures when evaluating capital utilization and adequacy. Tangible common equity, as defined by Trustmark, represents common equity less goodwill and identifiable intangible assets.
Trustmark believes these measures are important because they reflect the level of capital available to withstand unexpected market conditions. Additionally, presentation of these measures allows readers to compare certain aspects of Trustmark’s capitalization to other organizations. These ratios differ from capital measures defined by banking regulators principally in that the numerator excludes shareholders’ equity associated with preferred securities, the nature and extent of which varies across organizations.
These calculations are intended to complement the capital ratios defined by GAAP and banking regulators. Because GAAP does not include these capital ratio measures, Trustmark believes there are no comparable GAAP financial measures to these tangible common equity ratios. Despite the importance of these measures to Trustmark, there are no standardized definitions for them and, as a result, Trustmark’s calculations may not be comparable with other organizations. Also there may be limits in the usefulness of these measures to investors. As a result, Trustmark encourages readers to consider its consolidated financial statements and the notes related thereto in their entirety and not to rely on any single financial measure. The following table reconciles Trustmark’s calculation of these measures to amounts reported under GAAP.
60
|
Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures
|
|||||||||
|
($ in thousands, except share data)
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
||||||||
|
2013
|
2012
|
||||||||
|
TANGIBLE COMMON EQUITY
|
|||||||||
|
AVERAGE BALANCES
|
|||||||||
|
Total shareholders' equity
|
$ | 1,325,508 | $ | 1,228,502 | |||||
|
Less: Goodwill
|
(324,902 | ) | (291,104 | ) | |||||
|
Identifiable intangible assets
|
(35,187 | ) | (14,703 | ) | |||||
|
Total average tangible common equity
|
$ | 965,419 | $ | 922,695 | |||||
|
PERIOD END BALANCES
|
|||||||||
|
Total shareholders' equity
|
$ | 1,352,946 | $ | 1,241,520 | |||||
|
Less: Goodwill
|
(366,366 | ) | (291,104 | ) | |||||
|
Identifiable intangible assets
|
(49,361 | ) | (18,821 | ) | |||||
|
Total tangible common equity
|
(a)
|
$ | 937,219 | $ | 931,595 | ||||
|
TANGIBLE ASSETS
|
|||||||||
|
Total assets
|
$ | 11,850,515 | $ | 9,931,593 | |||||
|
Less: Goodwill
|
(366,366 | ) | (291,104 | ) | |||||
|
Identifiable intangible assets
|
(49,361 | ) | (18,821 | ) | |||||
|
Total tangible assets
|
(b)
|
$ | 11,434,788 | $ | 9,621,668 | ||||
|
Risk-weighted assets
|
(c)
|
$ | 7,891,580 | $ | 6,707,026 | ||||
|
NET INCOME ADJUSTED FOR INTANGIBLE AMORTIZATION
|
|||||||||
|
Net income
|
$ | 24,866 | $ | 30,320 | |||||
|
Plus: Intangible amortization net of tax
|
890 | 438 | |||||||
|
Net income adjusted for intangible amortization
|
$ | 25,756 | $ | 30,758 | |||||
|
Period end common shares outstanding
|
(d)
|
67,151,087 | 64,765,581 | ||||||
|
TANGIBLE COMMON EQUITY MEASUREMENTS
|
|||||||||
|
Return on average tangible common equity
1
|
10.82 | % | 13.41 | % | |||||
|
Tangible common equity/tangible assets
|
(a)/(b)
|
8.20 | % | 9.68 | % | ||||
|
Tangible common equity/risk-weighted assets
|
(a)/(c)
|
11.88 | % | 13.89 | % | ||||
|
Tangible common book value
|
(a)/(d)*1,000
|
$ | 13.96 | $ | 14.38 | ||||
|
March 31,
|
|||||||||
|
TIER 1 COMMON RISK-BASED CAPITAL
|
2013 | 2012 | |||||||
|
Total shareholders' equity
|
$ | 1,352,946 | $ | 1,241,520 | |||||
|
Eliminate qualifying AOCI
|
(5,709 | ) | (1,537 | ) | |||||
|
Qualifying tier 1 capital
|
93,000 | 60,000 | |||||||
|
Disallowed goodwill
|
(366,366 | ) | (291,104 | ) | |||||
|
Adj to goodwill allowed for deferred taxes
|
13,388 | 11,978 | |||||||
|
Other disallowed intangibles
|
(49,361 | ) | (18,821 | ) | |||||
|
Disallowed servicing intangible
|
(5,153 | ) | (4,589 | ) | |||||
|
Disallowed deferred taxes
|
(12,575 | ) | - | ||||||
|
Total tier 1 capital
|
1,020,170 | 997,447 | |||||||
|
Less: Qualifying tier 1 capital
|
(93,000 | ) | (60,000 | ) | |||||
|
Total tier 1 common capital
|
(e)
|
$ | 927,170 | $ | 937,447 | ||||
|
Tier 1 common risk-based capital ratio
|
(e)/(c)
|
11.75 | % | 13.98 | % | ||||
|
1
|
Calculation = ((net income adjusted for intangible amortization/number of days in period)*number of days in year)/total average tangible common equity
|
61
Results of Operations
Net Interest Income
Net interest income is the principal component of Trustmark’s income stream and represents the difference, or spread, between interest and fee income generated from earning assets and the interest expense paid on deposits and borrowed funds. Fluctuations in interest rates, as well as volume and mix changes in earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, can materially impact net interest income. The net interest margin (NIM) is computed by dividing fully taxable equivalent net interest income by average interest-earning assets and measures how effectively Trustmark utilizes its interest-earning assets in relationship to the interest cost of funding them. The accompanying Yield/Rate Analysis Table shows the average balances for all assets and liabilities of Trustmark and the interest income or expense associated with earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The yields and rates have been computed based upon interest income and expense adjusted to a fully taxable equivalent (FTE) basis using a 35% federal marginal tax rate for all periods shown. Loans on nonaccrual have been included in the average loan balances, and interest collected prior to these loans having been placed on nonaccrual has been included in interest income. Loan fees included in interest associated with the average loan balances are immaterial.
As previously discussed, Trustmark acquired BancTrust on February 15, 2013. This acquisition resulted in additional net interest income of $7.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, and year to date growth in both average interest-earning assets and average interest-bearing liabilities of $713.8 million and $649.5 million, respectively, which are included in the current period balances shown in the following three paragraphs.
Net interest income-FTE for the three months ended March 31, 2013 increased $2.0 million when compared with the same time period in 2012. The net interest margin decreased 21 basis points to 3.98% for the first three months of 2013, compared with the same time period in 2012. The decrease in net interest margin is primarily a result of a downward repricing of fixed rate assets and changes to Trustmark’s asset mix due to growth in lower yielding investment securities. The impact of this was partially offset by the significant increase in acquired loans due to the BancTrust acquisition, which had a higher yield as a result of the accounting treatment for acquired impaired loans, as well as lower deposit costs.
Average interest-earning assets for the first three months of 2013 were $9.432 billion, compared with $8.697 billion for the same time period in 2012, an increase of $735.5 million. The growth in average earning assets was primarily due to an increase in average total securities and average acquired noncovered loans of $525.8 million and $510.7 million, respectively, during the first three months of 2013. The increase in securities and acquired noncovered loans, which resulted primarily from the BancTrust acquisition, was partially offset by a decrease in average loans (including loans held for sale) of $272.8 million, or 4.5%, during the first three months of 2013. The decrease in average total loans is primarily attributable to paydowns in 1-4 family mortgage loans. During the first three months of 2013, interest on securities-taxable decreased $1.8 million, or 10.0%, as the yield on taxable securities decreased 80 basis points when compared with the same time period in 2012 due to the run-off of higher yielding securities replaced at lower yields. During the first three months of 2013, interest and fees on LHFS and LHFI-FTE decreased $8.4 million, or 11.0%, due to lower average loan balances while the yield on loans fell to 4.76% compared to 5.07% during the same time period in 2012. During the first three months of 2013, interest and fees on acquired loans increased $9.8 million due to higher average acquired loan balances while the yield on acquired loans fell to 8.93% compared to 12.36% during the same time period in 2012. As a result of these factors, interest income-FTE decreased $430 thousand, or 0.4%, when the first three months of 2013 is compared with the same time period in 2012. The impact of these changes is also illustrated by the decline in the yield on total earning assets, which fell from 4.60% for the first three months of 2012 to 4.26% for the same time period in 2013, a decrease of 34 basis points.
Average interest-bearing liabilities for the first three months of 2013 totaled $7.099 billion compared with $6.534 billion for the same time period in 2012, an increase of $565.1 million, or 8.6%. Average interest-bearing deposits increased $732.5 million, or 12.4%, while the combination of federal funds purchased, securities sold under repurchase agreements and other borrowings decreased by $167.4 million, or 26.4%. The overall yield on interest-bearing liabilities declined 18 basis points when the first three months of 2013 is compared with the same time period in 2012, primarily due to a reduction in the costs of certificates of deposit and interest checking accounts. As a result of these factors, total interest expense for the first three months of 2013 decreased $2.5 million, or 27.5%, when compared with the same time period in 2012.
62
Yield/Rate Analysis Table
($ in thousands)
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
2013
|
2012
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Average
|
Yield/
|
Average
|
Yield/
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
Balance
|
Interest
|
Rate
|
Balance
|
Interest
|
Rate
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
Assets
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Interest-earning assets:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements
|
$ | 6,618 | $ | 4 | 0.25 | % | $ | 9,568 | $ | 6 | 0.25 | % | ||||||||||||
|
Securities - taxable
|
2,884,683 | 16,539 | 2.33 | % | 2,360,842 | 18,384 | 3.13 | % | ||||||||||||||||
|
Securities - nontaxable
|
184,421 | 2,018 | 4.44 | % | 182,468 | 2,102 | 4.63 | % | ||||||||||||||||
|
Loans (including LHFS)
|
5,741,340 | 67,412 | 4.76 | % | 6,014,133 | 75,781 | 5.07 | % | ||||||||||||||||
|
Acquired loans
|
580,458 | 12,782 | 8.93 | % | 95,543 | 2,937 | 12.36 | % | ||||||||||||||||
|
Other earning assets
|
34,661 | 355 | 4.15 | % | 34,102 | 330 | 3.89 | % | ||||||||||||||||
|
Total interest-earning assets
|
9,432,181 | 99,110 | 4.26 | % | 8,696,656 | 99,540 | 4.60 | % | ||||||||||||||||
|
Cash and due from banks
|
270,740 | 232,139 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Other assets
|
1,183,493 | 918,273 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Allowance for loan losses
|
(86,447 | ) | (92,062 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
Total Assets
|
$ | 10,799,967 | $ | 9,755,006 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Interest-bearing liabilities:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Interest-bearing deposits
|
$ | 6,632,806 | 4,909 | 0.30 | % | $ | 5,900,313 | 7,353 | 0.50 | % | ||||||||||||||
|
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements
|
266,958 | 81 | 0.12 | % | 437,270 | 171 | 0.16 | % | ||||||||||||||||
|
Other borrowings
|
199,442 | 1,490 | 3.03 | % | 196,495 | 1,414 | 2.89 | % | ||||||||||||||||
|
Total interest-bearing liabilities
|
7,099,206 | 6,480 | 0.37 | % | 6,534,078 | 8,938 | 0.55 | % | ||||||||||||||||
|
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
|
2,199,043 | 1,869,758 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Other liabilities
|
176,210 | 122,668 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Shareholders' equity
|
1,325,508 | 1,228,502 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
|
$ | 10,799,967 | $ | 9,755,006 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
Net Interest Margin
|
92,630 | 3.98 | % | 90,602 | 4.19 | % | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Less tax equivalent adjustment
|
3,655 | 3,658 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Net Interest Margin per Consolidated Statements of Income
|
$ | 88,975 | $ | 86,944 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Provision for Loan Losses, LHFI
The provision for loan losses, LHFI is determined by Management as the amount necessary to adjust the allowance for loan losses, LHFI to a level, which, in Management’s best estimate, is necessary to absorb probable losses within the existing loan portfolio. The provision for loan losses, LHFI reflects loan quality trends, including the levels of and trends related to nonaccrual LHFI, past due LHFI, potential problem LHFI, criticized LHFI, net charge-offs or recoveries and growth in the LHFI portfolio among other factors. Accordingly, the amount of the provision reflects both the necessary increases in the allowance for loan losses, LHFI related to newly identified criticized LHFI, as well as the actions taken related to other LHFI including, among other things, any necessary increases or decreases in required allowances for specific loans or loan pools. As shown in the table below, the provision for loan losses, LHFI, for the first three months of 2013 totaled a negative provision of $3.0 million, or -0.21% of average loans, compared with a positive provision of $3.3 million, or 0.22% of average loans, for the same time period in 2012. Reduced loan provisioning during the first three months of 2013 was a result of decreased levels of criticized LHFI, a net-recovery position, adequate reserves established in prior years for both new and existing impaired LHFI, net loan risk rate upgrades and a smaller overall loan portfolio.
63
|
Provision for Loan Losses, LHFI
|
||||||||
|
($ in thousands)
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|||||||
|
2013
|
2012
|
|||||||
|
Alabama
|
$ | 676 | $ | - | ||||
|
Florida
|
(3,675 | ) | 739 | |||||
|
Mississippi
(1)
|
(1,920 | ) | 4,152 | |||||
|
Tennessee
(2)
|
(378 | ) | (29 | ) | ||||
|
Texas
|
2,329 | (1,569 | ) | |||||
|
Total provision for loan losses, LHFI
|
$ | (2,968 | ) | $ | 3,293 | |||
(1) - Mississippi includes Central and Southern Mississippi Regions
(2) - Tennessee includes Memphis, Tennessee and Northern Mississippi Regions
Trustmark continues to devote significant resources to managing credit risks resulting from the slowdown in commercial developments of residential real estate. Management believes that the construction and land development portfolio is appropriately risk rated and adequately reserved based on current conditions.
See the section captioned “LHFI and Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI” elsewhere in this discussion for further analysis of the provision for loan losses, LHFI, which includes the table of nonperforming assets.
Provision for Loan Losses, Acquired Loans
Provisions for loan losses, acquired loans are recognized subsequent to acquisition to the extent it is probable that Trustmark will be unable to collect all cash flows expected at acquisition plus additional cash flows expected to be collected arising from changes in estimates after acquisition, considering both the timing and amount of those expected cash flows. Provisions may be required when actual losses of unpaid principal incurred exceed previous loss expectations to date, or future cash flows previously expected to be collectible are no longer probable of collection. The provision for loan losses, acquired loans, is reflected as a valuation allowance netted against the carrying value of the acquired loans balance accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-30, “Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality.” The provision for loan losses, acquired loans totaled a positive provision of $130 thousand for the first three months of 2013, compared with a negative provision of $194 thousand for the same time period in 2012.
The increase in the provision for loan losses, acquired loans during the first three months of 2013 was a result of changes in expectations based on the periodic re-estimations performed during the period and does not include any impact from loans acquired in the BancTrust acquisition.
Noninterest Income
Trustmark’s noninterest income continues to play an important role in improving net income and total shareholder value and represents 33.2% and 33.0% of total revenue, before securities gains, net for the first three months of 2013 and 2012, respectively. Total noninterest income before securities gains, net for the first three months of 2013 increased $1.4 million, or 3.3%, compared to the same time period in 2012. The comparative components of noninterest income for the periods ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 are shown in the accompanying table:
64
Noninterest Income
($ in thousands)
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
||||||||||||||||
|
2013
|
2012
|
$ Change
|
% Change
|
|||||||||||||
|
Service charges on deposit accounts
|
$ | 11,681 | $ | 12,211 | $ | (530 | ) | -4.3 | % | |||||||
|
Mortgage banking, net
|
11,583 | 7,295 | 4,288 | 58.8 | % | |||||||||||
|
Bank card and other fees
|
7,945 | 7,364 | 581 | 7.9 | % | |||||||||||
|
Insurance commissions
|
7,242 | 6,606 | 636 | 9.6 | % | |||||||||||
|
Wealth management
|
6,875 | 5,501 | 1,374 | 25.0 | % | |||||||||||
|
Other, net
|
(1,191 | ) | 3,758 | (4,949 | ) | n/m | ||||||||||
|
Total Noninterest Income before securities gains, net
|
44,135 | 42,735 | 1,400 | 3.3 | % | |||||||||||
|
Securities gains, net
|
204 | 1,050 | (846 | ) | -80.6 | % | ||||||||||
|
Total Noninterest Income
|
$ | 44,339 | $ | 43,785 | $ | 554 | 1.3 | % | ||||||||
n/m - percentage changes greater than +/- 100% are not considered meaningful
Service Charges on Deposit Accounts
Service charges on deposit accounts during the first three months of 2013 totaled $11.7 million, a decrease of $530 thousand from the same time period in 2012. BancTrust contributed approximately $498 thousand of services charges on deposit accounts for the first three months of 2013. Service charges on deposit accounts, excluding BancTrust, during the first three months of 2013 totaled $11.2 million, a decrease of $1.0 million from the same time period in 2012. This decrease was primarily due to a decrease in non-sufficient funds/overdraft fees, excluding BancTrust, of approximately $744 thousand. This decrease was a result of the modification to the processing sequence component of Trustmark’s overdraft programs, which became effective on October 1, 2012. Management estimates this modification could reduce service charges included in noninterest income by approximately $3.0 million on an annual basis.
Mortgage Banking, Net
Net revenue from mortgage banking was $11.6 million during the first three months of 2013 compared with $7.3 million for the same time period in 2012, as shown in the accompanying table. The $4.3 million increase in net revenue from mortgage banking was primarily due to a significant increase in gain on sales of loans, net during the period. Loans serviced for others totaled $5.249 billion at March 31, 2013 compared with $4.643 billion at March 31, 2012.
The following table illustrates the components of mortgage banking revenue included in noninterest income in the accompanying income statements:
Mortgage Banking Income
($ in thousands)
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
||||||||||||||||
|
2013
|
2012
|
$ Change
|
% Change
|
|||||||||||||
|
Mortgage servicing income, net
|
$ | 4,267 | $ | 3,886 | $ | 381 | 9.8 | % | ||||||||
|
Change in fair value-MSR from runoff
|
(2,460 | ) | (2,106 | ) | (354 | ) | -16.8 | % | ||||||||
|
Gain on sales of loans, net
|
10,165 | 6,469 | 3,696 | 57.1 | % | |||||||||||
|
Other, net
|
(1,649 | ) | 64 | (1,713 | ) | n/m | ||||||||||
|
Mortgage banking income before hedge ineffectiveness
|
10,323 | 8,313 | 2,010 | 24.2 | % | |||||||||||
|
Change in fair value-MSR from market changes
|
1,127 | 248 | 879 | n/m | ||||||||||||
|
Change in fair value of derivatives
|
133 | (1,266 | ) | 1,399 | n/m | |||||||||||
|
Net positive (negative) hedge ineffectiveness
|
1,260 | (1,018 | ) | 2,278 | n/m | |||||||||||
|
Mortgage banking, net
|
$ | 11,583 | $ | 7,295 | $ | 4,288 | 58.8 | % | ||||||||
n/m - percentage changes greater than +/- 100% are not considered meaningful
Representing a significant component of mortgage banking income is gain on the sales of loans, net which equaled $10.2 million during the first three months of 2013 compared with $6.5 million for the same time period in 2012. The increase in the gain on sales of loans, net during the first three months of 2013 resulted from growth in loan sales and higher profit margins from secondary marketing activities. Loan sales totaled $392.0 million during the first three months of 2013, an increase of $20.2 million when compared with the same time period in 2012.
65
During the first quarter of 2013, Trustmark exercised its option to repurchase approximately $58.0 million delinquent loans serviced for GNMA. These loans were subsequently sold to a third party under different repurchase provisions. Trustmark retained the servicing for these loans, which are fully guaranteed by FHA/VA. As a result of this repurchase and sale, the loans are no longer carried as LHFS. The transaction resulted in a gain of $542 thousand, which is included in gain on sales of loans, net for the first three months of 2013. For additional information, please see “Loans Held for Sale (LHFS)” included elsewhere in this report.
As part of Trustmark’s risk management strategy, exchange-traded derivative instruments are utilized to offset changes in the fair value of MSR attributable to changes in interest rates. Changes in the fair value of these exchange-traded derivative instruments are recorded in noninterest income in mortgage banking, net and are offset by the changes in the fair value of MSR. The MSR fair value represents the present value of future cash flows, which among other things includes decay and the effect of changes in interest rates. Ineffectiveness of hedging the MSR fair value is measured by comparing the change in value of hedge instruments to the change in the fair value of the MSR asset attributable to changes in interest rates and other market driven changes in valuation inputs and assumptions. The impact of this strategy resulted in a net positive ineffectiveness of $1.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to a net negative effectiveness of $1.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The net positive ineffectiveness primarily resulted from the widening of the spread between primary mortgage rates and yields on the ten-year Treasury note as well as hedge income produced by a positively-sloped yield curve and net option premium.
Other mortgage banking income, net decreased by approximately $1.7 million when comparing the three months ended March 31, 2013 with the same period in 2012 and resulted primarily from a net valuation decrease in the fair value of loans held for sale, interest rate lock commitments and forward sale contracts.
Bank Card and Other Fees
Bank card and other fees totaled $7.9 million during the first three months of 2013 compared with $7.4 million for the same time period in 2012. Bank card and other fees consist primarily of fees earned on bank card products as well as fees on various bank products and services and safe deposit box fees. The increase was primarily the result of growth in fees earned on bank card products due to the BancTrust acquisition and income related to the commercial borrower hedge program. For additional information on Trustmark’s commercial borrower hedge program, please see “Derivatives” included in Asset/Liability Management located elsewhere in this report.
The Dodd-Frank Act amended the Electronic Fund Transfer Act to authorize the Federal Reserve Board (FRB) to issue regulations regarding any interchange fee that an issuer may receive or charge for an electronic debit card transaction. On June 29, 2011, the FRB issued a final rule (Regulation II - Debit Card Interchange Fees and Routing) establishing standards for debit card interchange fees. Under the final rule, the maximum permissible interchange fee that an issuer may receive for an electronic debit transaction will be the sum of 21 cents per transaction and five basis points multiplied by the value of the transaction. This provision regarding debit card interchange fees was effective as of October 1, 2011. In addition, the FRB also approved an interim rule that allows for an upward adjustment of no more than one cent to an issuer's debit card interchange fee if the issuer develops and implements policies and procedures reasonably designed to achieve the fraud-prevention standards set out in the interim rule. The fraud-prevention adjustment was effective as of October 1, 2011, concurrent with the debit card interchange fee limits.
In accordance with the statute, issuers that, together with their affiliates, have assets of less than $10.0 billion on the annual measurement date (December 31) are exempt from the debit card interchange fee standards. At December 31, 2012, the annual measurement date, Trustmark had assets of less than $10.0 billion; therefore, no impact of the FRB final rule (Regulation II - Debit Card Interchange Fees and Routing) to noninterest income is expected during 2013. However, following the closing of the merger with BancTrust on February 15, 2013, Trustmark had assets greater than $10.0 billion. Trustmark therefore expects that it will have assets greater than $10.0 billion as of the December 31 measurement date in 2013 and will be required to comply with the debit card interchange fee standards by July 1, 2014. Management estimates that the effect of the FRB final rule could reduce noninterest income by approximately $6.0 million to $8.0 million on an annual basis given Trustmark’s current debit card volumes. Management is continuing to evaluate Trustmark’s product structure and services to offset the anticipated impact of the FRB final rule.
Insurance Commissions
Insurance commissions were $7.2 million during the first three months of 2013 compared with $6.6 million for the same time period in 2012. The increase in insurance commissions experienced during the first three months of 2013 was primarily due to new business commission volume and increasing premium rates on commercial property and casualty policies and group health coverage. Improvements in these business lines compensated for a small decline in personal and life insurance sales. Downward rate pressures on insurable risks have begun to subside, with most lines experiencing price increases as renewals occur. General business activity has improved slightly, resulting in a small increase in the demand for coverage on inventories, property, equipment, general liability and workers’ compensation.
66
Wealth Management
Wealth management income totaled $6.9 million for the first three months of 2013, an increase of $1.4 million when compared with $5.5 million for the same time period in 2012. BancTrust contributed approximately $576 thousand of the increase for the first three months of 2013. Wealth management consists of income related to investment management, trust and brokerage services. The growth in wealth management income, excluding BancTrust, was primarily attributable to investment advisory services and retirement plan services. At March 31, 2013 and 2012, Trustmark held assets under management and administration of $7.515 billion and $7.553 billion and brokerage assets of $1.554 billion and $1.251 billion, respectively.
Other Income, Net
The following table illustrates the components of other income, net included in noninterest income for the periods presented:
Other Income, Net
($ in thousands)
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
||||||||||||||||
|
2013
|
2012
|
$ Change
|
% Change
|
|||||||||||||
|
Partnership amortization for tax credit purposes
|
$ | (2,117 | ) | $ | (1,422 | ) | $ | (695 | ) | -48.9 | % | |||||
|
Bargain purchase gain on acquisition
|
- | 2,754 | (2,754 | ) | -100.0 | % | ||||||||||
|
Decrease in FDIC indemnification asset
|
(1,365 | ) | (81 | ) | (1,284 | ) | n/m | |||||||||
|
Other miscellaneous income
|
2,291 | 2,507 | (216 | ) | -8.6 | % | ||||||||||
|
Total other, net
|
$ | (1,191 | ) | $ | 3,758 | $ | (4,949 | ) | n/m | |||||||
n/m - percentage changes greater than +/- 100% are not considered meaningful
Other income, net for the first three months of 2013 was a negative $1.2 million compared with a positive $3.8 million for the same time period in 2012. The decrease of $4.9 million for the first three months of 2013 is primarily the result of the $1.4 million write-down of the FDIC indemnification asset during the first three months of 2013 and the nonrecurring bargain purchase gain of $2.8 million resulting from Trustmark’s acquisition of Bay Bank during the first quarter of 2012.
Security Gains, Net
From time to time, Trustmark manages the risk and return profile of the securities portfolio through sales of available for sale securities prior to their maturity. During the first three months of 2013, Trustmark sold approximately $38.3 million in available for sale securities, generating a gain of $204 thousand. Similarly, during the first three months of 2012, Trustmark sold approximately $35.2 million in available for sale securities, generating a gain of $1.1 million.
Noninterest Expense
Trustmark’s noninterest expense for the first three months of 2013 increased $16.4 million, or 19.1%, when compared with the same time period in 2012. Excluding BancTrust, noninterest expense for the first three months of 2013 increased $342 thousand, or 0.4%, when compared with the same time period in 2012. The increase in noninterest expense during the first three months of 2013 was primarily attributable to BancTrust non-routine merger expenses of $9.4 million and BancTrust operating expenses of $6.7 million. Management considers disciplined expense management a key area of focus in the support of improving shareholder value. The comparative components of noninterest expense for the periods ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 are shown in the accompanying table:
67
Noninterest Expense
($ in thousands)
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
||||||||||||||||
|
2013
|
2012
|
$ Change
|
% Change
|
|||||||||||||
|
Salaries and employee benefits
|
$ | 53,592 | $ | 46,432 | $ | 7,160 | 15.4 | % | ||||||||
|
Services and fees
|
13,032 | 10,747 | 2,285 | 21.3 | % | |||||||||||
|
Net occupancy-premises
|
5,955 | 4,938 | 1,017 | 20.6 | % | |||||||||||
|
Equipment expense
|
5,674 | 4,912 | 762 | 15.5 | % | |||||||||||
|
ORE/Foreclosure expense:
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Writedowns
|
1,961 | 2,408 | (447 | ) | -18.6 | % | ||||||||||
|
Carrying costs
|
1,859 | 1,494 | 365 | 24.4 | % | |||||||||||
|
Total ORE/Foreclosure expense
|
3,820 | 3,902 | (82 | ) | -2.1 | % | ||||||||||
|
FDIC assessment expense
|
2,021 | 1,775 | 246 | 13.9 | % | |||||||||||
|
Other expense
|
18,051 | 13,068 | 4,983 | 38.1 | % | |||||||||||
|
Total noninterest expense
|
$ | 102,145 | $ | 85,774 | $ | 16,371 | 19.1 | % | ||||||||
n/m - percentage changes greater than +/- 100% are not considered meaningful
Salaries and Employee Benefits
Salaries and employee benefits, the largest category of noninterest expense, were $53.6 million for the first three months of 2013 compared with $46.4 million for the same time period in 2012. This increase primarily reflects modest general merit increases, higher commissions expense resulting from improved performance in Trustmark’s Insurance and Wealth Management Divisions, and increases in incentives for mortgage loan originators as well as $4.9 million in additional salaries and employee benefits resulting from the BancTrust acquisition. Salaries and employee benefits expense for BancTrust included non-routine merger expenses of $1.4 million for change in control and severance expense.
FDIC Assessment Expense
During the first three months of 2013, FDIC insurance expense increased $246 thousand, or 13.9% when compared with the same time period in 2012, primarily resulting from $366 thousand of additional fees for BancTrust, which was partially offset by the FDIC’s revised deposit insurance assessment methodology. As required by the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC revised the deposit insurance assessment system to base assessments on the average total consolidated assets of insured depository institutions less the average tangible equity during the assessment period. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act increased the minimum reserve ratio for the Deposit Insurance Fund from 1.15% to 1.35% of estimated insurable deposits, or the comparable percentage of the assessment base by September 30, 2020. The FDIC must offset the effect of the increase in the minimum reserve ratio on insured depository institutions with total consolidated assets of less than $10.0 billion. With total assets slightly below $10.0 billion at December 31, 2012, Trustmark benefitted from the change in the assessment methodology during the first three months of 2013. Trustmark had assets greater than $10.0 billion following the merger with BancTrust, and thus, will lose the benefit of this offset beginning in 2014. Management estimates the change in the assessment methodology will have an immaterial impact on Trustmark’s results of operations.
Other Expense
Other noninterest expense consisted of the following for the periods presented:
Other Expense
($ in thousands)
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
||||||||||||||||
|
2013
|
2012
|
$ Change
|
% Change
|
|||||||||||||
|
Loan expense
|
$ | 2,995 | $ | 5,525 | $ | (2,530 | ) | -45.8 | % | |||||||
|
Non-routine transaction expenses on acquisition
|
7,920 | 1,917 | 6,003 | n/m | ||||||||||||
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
1,442 | 710 | 732 | n/m | ||||||||||||
|
Other miscellaneous expense
|
5,694 | 4,916 | 778 | 15.8 | % | |||||||||||
|
Total other expense
|
$ | 18,051 | $ | 13,068 | $ | 4,983 | 38.1 | % | ||||||||
n/m - percentage changes greater than +/- 100% are not considered meaningful
68
During the first three months of 2013, other expenses increased $5.0 million, or 38.1%, compared to the same time period in 2012. The growth in other expenses during the first three months of 2013 was primarily due to $7.9 million of non-routine merger expenses from the BancTrust acquisition which included $2.2 million of professional fees and $5.7 million of contract termination and other expenses. The increase in non-routine transaction expenses on acquisition were partially offset by a decrease in loan expenses that resulted from lower mortgage foreclosure expenses and mortgage loan putback expenses.
During the normal course of business, Trustmark's mortgage banking operations originates and sells certain loans to investors in the secondary market. Trustmark is subject to losses in its loan servicing portfolio due to loan foreclosures. Trustmark has obligations to either repurchase the outstanding principal balance of a loan or make the purchaser whole for the economic benefits of a loan if it is determined that the loan sold was in violation of representations or warranties made by Trustmark at the time of the sale, herein referred to as mortgage loan servicing putback expenses. Such representations and warranties typically include those made regarding loans that had missing or insufficient file documentation and/or loans obtained through fraud by borrowers or other third parties. Putback requests may be made until the loan is paid in full. When a putback request is received, Trustmark evaluates the request and takes appropriate actions based on the nature of the request. Effective January 1, 2013, Trustmark is required by FNMA and FHLMC to provide a response to putback requests within 60 days of the date of receipt. Currently, putback requests primarily relate to 2005 through 2008 vintage mortgage loans and to government sponsored entity-guaranteed mortgage-backed securities.
The total mortgage loan servicing putback expenses incurred by Trustmark during the first three months of 2013 were $590 thousand, compared to $1.9 million for the same time period in 2012. At March 31, 2013, the reserve for mortgage loan servicing putback expenses totaled $7.3 million compared to $7.8 million at December 31, 2012.
There is inherent uncertainty in reasonably estimating the requirement for reserves against future mortgage loan servicing putback expenses. Future putback expenses are dependent on many subjective factors, including the review procedures of the purchasers and the potential refinance activity on loans sold with servicing released and the subsequent consequences under the representations and warranties. Trustmark believes that it has appropriately reserved for potential mortgage loan putback requests.
Segment Information
Results of Segment Operations
Trustmark’s operations are managed along three operating segments: General Banking, Wealth Management and Insurance. For financial information by reportable segment, please see Note 18 – Segment Information in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report. The following discusses changes in the financial results of each reportable segment for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012.
General Banking
The General Banking Division is responsible for all traditional banking products and services including a full range of commercial and consumer banking services such as checking accounts, savings programs, overdraft facilities, commercial, installment and real estate loans, home equity loans and lines of credit, drive-in and night deposit services and safe deposit facilities offered through approximately 220 offices in Alabama, Florida, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas. The General Banking Division also consists of internal operations that include Human Resources, Executive Administration, Treasury (Funds Management), Public Affairs and Corporate Finance. Included in these operational units are expenses related to mergers, mark-to-market adjustments on loans and deposits, general incentives, stock options, supplemental retirement and amortization of core deposits. Other than Treasury, these business units are support-based in nature and are largely responsible for general overhead expenditures that are not allocated.
Trustmark’s acquisition of BancTrust contributed approximately $7.4 million to net interest income, $1.4 million to noninterest income and $16.0 million to noninterest expense of the General Banking Division during the three months ended March 31, 2013, which are also included in the current period balances shown in the following three paragraphs.
Net interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2013 increased $2.0 million when compared with the same time period in 2012. The growth in net interest income is mostly due to the significant increase in interest and fees on acquired loans due to the BancTrust acquisition as well as modest declines in the cost of interest-bearing deposits, partially offset by downward repricing of loans and securities. The provision for loan losses, net for the three months ended March 31, 2013 totaled a negative $2.8 million compared to a positive $3.1 million for the same period in 2012, a decrease of $5.9 million. For more information on this change, please see the analysis of the Provision for Loan Losses, LHFI, and Provision for Loan Losses, Acquired Loans, located elsewhere in this report.
69
Noninterest income for the General Banking Division decreased by approximately $1.4 million during the first three months of 2013 compared to the same time period in 2012. Noninterest income for the General Banking Division represents 25.6% of total revenues for the first three months of 2013 as opposed to 26.9% for the same time period in 2012, and includes service charges on deposit accounts, bank card and other fees, mortgage banking, net, other, net and securities gains, net. For more information on these noninterest income items, please see the analysis of Noninterest Income located elsewhere in this report.
Noninterest expense for the General Banking Division increased $15.2 million during the first three months of 2013 when compared with the same time period in 2012. For more information on these noninterest expense items, please see the analysis of Noninterest Expense located elsewhere in this document.
Wealth Management
The Wealth Management Division has been strategically organized to serve Trustmark’s customers as a financial partner providing reliable guidance and sound, practical advice for accumulating, preserving, and transferring wealth. The Investment Services group and the Trust group are the primary service providers in this segment. TIA, a wholly owned subsidiary of TNB that is included in the Wealth Management Division, is a registered investment adviser that provides investment management services to individual and institutional accounts. During the third quarter of 2012, Trustmark completed the reorganization and sale of the Performance Funds by TIA to Federated and certain of Federated’s subsidiaries, pursuant to the terms of the definitive agreement between Federated, TIA and TNB. TIA no longer serves as investment advisor or custodian to the Performance Funds.
During the first three months of 2013, net income for the Wealth Management Division increased $638 thousand, or 78.3%, when compared to the same time period in 2012. Noninterest income increased $1.3 million when the first three months of 2013 are compared to the same time period in 2012. BancTrust contributed approximately $576 thousand of noninterest income to the Wealth Management Division for the first three months of 2013. The increase in noninterest income, excluding BancTrust, was primarily attributable to investment advisory services and retirement plan services. For more information on the change in wealth management revenue, please see the analysis included in Noninterest Income located elsewhere in this report.
Insurance
Trustmark’s Insurance Division provides a full range of retail insurance products, including commercial risk management products, bonding, group benefits and personal lines coverage through FBBI, a Mississippi corporation and subsidiary of TNB.
During the first three months of 2013, net income for the Insurance Division decreased $155 thousand, or 16.0%, when compared to the same time period in 2012. Noninterest income increased $618 thousand when the first three months of 2013 are compared to the same time period in 2012. The increase in noninterest income was due to expanded business development efforts as well as the continued firming of insurance rates. For more information on the change in insurance commissions, please see the analysis included in Noninterest Income located elsewhere in this report.
Income Taxes
For the three months ended March 31, 2013, Trustmark’s combined effective tax rate was 26.9% compared to 27.6% for the same time period in 2012. Trustmark invests in partnerships that provide income tax credits on a Federal and/or State basis (i.e., new market tax credits, low income housing tax credits or historical tax credits). These investments are recorded based on the equity method of accounting, which requires the equity in partnership losses to be recognized when incurred and are recorded as a reduction in other income. The income tax credits related to these partnerships are utilized as specifically allowed by income tax law and are recorded as a reduction in income tax expense. The decrease in Trustmark's effective tax rate is mainly due to increased investment in these partnerships along with the appropriate tax credits and immaterial net increase in permanent items as a percentage of pretax income.
Earning Assets
Earning assets serve as the primary revenue streams for Trustmark and are comprised of securities, loans, federal funds sold, securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and other earning assets. Average earning assets totaled $9.432 billion, or 87.3% of total assets, at March 31, 2013, compared with $8.699 billion, or 88.7% of total assets, at December 31, 2012, an increase of $733.5 million, or 8.4%. Approximately $713.8 million of the increase in average earning assets was attributed to the BancTrust acquisition.
Securities
The securities portfolio is utilized by Management to manage interest rate risk, generate interest income, provide liquidity and use as collateral for public deposits and wholesale funding. Risk and return can be adjusted by altering duration, composition and/or balance of the portfolio. The weighted-average life of the portfolio increased to 4.4 years at March 31, 2013, compared to 3.7 years at December 31, 2012 primarily due to slower mortgage prepayment estimates.
70
When compared with December 31, 2012, total investment securities increased by $919.8 million during the first three months of 2013. This increase resulted primarily from purchases of U.S. Government-sponsored agency (GSE) guaranteed securities, offset by maturities and pay-downs, as well as $470.8 million of securities attributable to the BancTrust acquisition. During the first three months of 2013, Trustmark sold approximately $38.3 million in securities, generating a gain of $204 thousand, compared to $35.2 million sold during the first three months of 2012, which generated a gain of $1.1 million.
Available for sale securities are carried at their estimated fair value with unrealized gains or losses recognized, net of taxes, in accumulated other comprehensive income, a separate component of shareholders’ equity. At March 31, 2013, available for sale securities totaled $3.546 billion, which represented 98.0% of the securities portfolio, compared to $2.658 billion, or 98.4%, at December 31, 2012. At March 31, 2013, unrealized gains, net on available for sale securities totaled $74.8 million compared with unrealized gains, net of $72.8 million at December 31, 2012. At March 31, 2013, available for sale securities consisted of U.S. Treasury securities, obligations of states and political subdivisions, GSE guaranteed mortgage-related securities, direct obligations of government agencies and GSEs and asset-backed securities.
Held to maturity securities are carried at amortized cost and represent those securities that Trustmark both intends and has the ability to hold to maturity. At March 31, 2013, held to maturity securities totaled $73.7 million and represented 2.0% of the total securities portfolio, compared with $42.2 million, or 1.6%, at December 31, 2012.
Management continues to focus on asset quality as one of the strategic goals of the securities portfolio, which is evidenced by the investment of approximately 92% of the portfolio in GSE-backed obligations and other Aaa rated securities as determined by Moody’s. None of the securities owned by Trustmark are collateralized by assets which are considered sub-prime. Furthermore, outside of membership in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas, Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta and Federal Reserve Bank, Trustmark does not hold any equity investment in any GSE.
As of March 31, 2013, Trustmark did not hold securities of any one issuer with a carrying value exceeding ten percent of total shareholders’ equity, other than certain GSEs which are exempt from inclusion. Management continues to closely monitor the credit quality as well as the ratings of the debt and mortgage-backed securities issued by the GSEs and held in Trustmark’s securities portfolio in light of issues currently facing these entities.
The following tables present Trustmark’s securities portfolio by amortized cost and estimated fair value and by credit rating at March 31, 2013:
Securities Portfolio by Credit Rating
(1)
($ in thousands)
|
March 31, 2013
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Amortized Cost
|
Estimated Fair Value
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Amount
|
%
|
Amount
|
%
|
|||||||||||||
|
Securities Available for Sale
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Aaa
|
$ | 3,221,156 | 92.8 | % | $ | 3,282,948 | 92.6 | % | ||||||||
|
Aa1 to Aa3
|
141,197 | 4.1 | % | 149,356 | 4.2 | % | ||||||||||
|
A1 to A3
|
12,160 | 0.3 | % | 12,906 | 0.4 | % | ||||||||||
|
Baa1 to Baa3
|
- | 0.0 | % | - | 0.0 | % | ||||||||||
|
Not Rated
(2)
|
96,771 | 2.8 | % | 100,873 | 2.8 | % | ||||||||||
|
Total securities available for sale
|
$ | 3,471,284 | 100.0 | % | $ | 3,546,083 | 100.0 | % | ||||||||
|
Securities Held to Maturity
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Aaa
|
$ | 40,595 | 55.1 | % | $ | 40,967 | 52.5 | % | ||||||||
|
Aa1 to Aa3
|
21,660 | 29.4 | % | 25,163 | 32.2 | % | ||||||||||
|
A1 to A3
|
1,224 | 1.7 | % | 1,267 | 1.6 | % | ||||||||||
|
Baa1 to Baa3
|
331 | 0.4 | % | 355 | 0.5 | % | ||||||||||
|
Not Rated
(2)
|
9,856 | 13.4 | % | 10,344 | 13.2 | % | ||||||||||
|
Total securities held to maturity
|
$ | 73,666 | 100.0 | % | $ | 78,096 | 100.0 | % | ||||||||
(1) - Credit ratings obtained from Moody's Investors Service
(2) - Not rated issues primarily consist of Mississippi municipal general obligations
71
The table presenting the credit rating of Trustmark’s securities is formatted to show the securities according to the credit rating category. At March 31, 2013, approximately 92.6% of the available for sale securities were rated Aaa and the same is true with respect to 55.1% of held to maturity securities, which are carried at amortized cost.
Loans Held for Sale (LHFS)
At March 31, 2013, LHFS totaled $207.8 million, consisting of $188.6 million of residential real estate mortgage loans in the process of being sold to third parties and $19.1 million of GNMA optional repurchase loans. At December 31, 2012, LHFS totaled $258.0 million, consisting of $198.2 million in residential real estate mortgage loans in the process of being sold to third parties and $59.8 million in GNMA optional repurchase loans. Please refer to the nonperforming assets table that follows for information on GNMA loans eligible for repurchase which are past due 90 days or more.
GNMA optional repurchase programs allow financial institutions to buy back individual delinquent mortgage loans that meet certain criteria from the securitized loan pool for which the institution provides servicing. At the servicer's option and without GNMA's prior authorization, the servicer may repurchase such a delinquent loan for an amount equal to 100 percent of the remaining principal balance of the loan. This buy-back option is considered a conditional option until the delinquency criteria are met, at which time the option becomes unconditional. When Trustmark is deemed to have regained effective control over these loans under the unconditional buy-back option, the loans can no longer be reported as sold and must be brought back onto the balance sheet as LHFS, regardless of whether Trustmark intends to exercise the buy-back option. These loans are reported as held for sale with the offsetting liability being reported as short-term borrowings.
During the first quarter of 2013, Trustmark exercised its option to repurchase approximately $58.0 million delinquent loans serviced for GNMA. These loans were subsequently sold to a third party under different repurchase provisions. Trustmark retained the servicing for these loans, which are fully guaranteed by FHA/VA. As a result of this repurchase and sale, the loans are no longer carried as LHFS. The transaction resulted in a gain of $542 thousand, which is included in gain on sales of loans, net for the first three months of 2013. Trustmark did not exercise its buy-back option on any delinquent loans serviced for GNMA during the first three months of 2012.
LHFI and Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI
LHFI
LHFI at March 31, 2013 totaled $5.474 billion compared to $5.593 billion at December 31, 2012, a decrease of $118.4 million. These declines are directly attributable to paydowns in 1-4 family mortgage loans as well as the decision in prior years to discontinue indirect consumer auto loan financing. The 1-4 family mortgage loan portfolio decline of $124.6 million was due to paydowns in the portfolio since December 31, 2012, as many customers continued to take advantage of opportunities to refinance existing mortgages at historically low interest rates. Trustmark has elected to sell the vast majority of these lower rate longer term mortgage loans in the secondary market rather than replacing the runoff in this portfolio. Based on the interest rate spread, Management felt it was more profitable to sell these lower rate longer term mortgage loans than to record the loans on the balance sheet and add liquidity and interest rate risk. The consumer loan portfolio decrease of $11.4 million primarily represents a decrease in the indirect consumer auto portfolio. The indirect auto portfolio balance at March 31, 2013 was $16.7 million compared with $25.5 million at December 31, 2012.
72
The table below shows the carrying value of the LHFI portfolio for each of the periods presented:
LHFI by Type
($ in thousands)
|
March 31,
|
December 31,
|
|||||||
|
2013
|
2012
|
|||||||
|
Loans secured by real estate:
|
||||||||
|
Construction, land development and other land loans
|
$ | 485,419 | $ | 468,975 | ||||
|
Secured by 1- 4 family residential properties
|
1,372,901 | 1,497,480 | ||||||
|
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
|
1,385,669 | 1,410,264 | ||||||
|
Other
|
174,680 | 189,949 | ||||||
|
Commercial and industrial loans
|
1,206,851 | 1,169,513 | ||||||
|
Consumer loans
|
160,253 | 171,660 | ||||||
|
Other loans
|
688,623 | 684,913 | ||||||
|
LHFI
|
5,474,396 | 5,592,754 | ||||||
|
Less allowance for loan losses, LHFI
|
76,900 | 78,738 | ||||||
|
Net LHFI
|
$ | 5,397,496 | $ | 5,514,016 | ||||
In the following tables, LHFI reported by region (along with related nonperforming assets and net charge-offs) are associated with location of origination except for loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties (representing traditional mortgages), credit cards and indirect consumer auto loans. These loans are included in the Mississippi Region because they are centrally decisioned and approved as part of a specific line of business located at Trustmark’s headquarters in Jackson, Mississippi.
73
The LHFI composition by region at March 31, 2013 is illustrated in the following tables and reflects a diversified mix of loans by region.
LHFI Composition by Region
($ in thousands)
|
March 31, 2013
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
LHFI Composition by Region
(1)
|
Total
|
Alabama
|
Florida
|
Mississippi (Central and Southern Regions)
|
Tennessee (Memphis, TN and Northern MS Regions)
|
Texas
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
Loans secured by real estate:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Construction, land development and other land loans
|
$ | 485,419 | $ | 2,540 | $ | 84,686 | $ | 246,754 | $ | 43,266 | $ | 108,173 | ||||||||||||
|
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
|
1,372,901 | 613 | 49,380 | 1,161,420 | 138,571 | 22,917 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
|
1,385,669 | 2,603 | 144,339 | 746,474 | 162,217 | 330,036 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Other
|
174,680 | 3,200 | 6,217 | 131,678 | 5,961 | 27,624 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Commercial and industrial loans
|
1,206,851 | 6,191 | 12,711 | 813,092 | 98,209 | 276,648 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Consumer loans
|
160,253 | 2,749 | 2,099 | 134,163 | 18,018 | 3,224 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Other loans
|
688,623 | 2,246 | 24,392 | 562,682 | 33,835 | 65,468 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
LHFI
|
$ | 5,474,396 | $ | 20,142 | $ | 323,824 | $ | 3,796,263 | $ | 500,077 | $ | 834,090 | ||||||||||||
|
Construction, Land Development and Other Land Loans by Region
(1)
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Lots
|
$ | 50,532 | $ | 23 | $ | 32,081 | $ | 14,586 | $ | 1,202 | $ | 2,640 | ||||||||||||
|
Development
|
80,771 | 188 | 9,457 | 47,150 | 4,436 | 19,540 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Unimproved land
|
145,466 | 1,956 | 40,248 | 61,215 | 16,406 | 25,641 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
1-4 family construction
|
76,738 | 328 | 2,304 | 55,772 | 1,023 | 17,311 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Other construction
|
131,912 | 45 | 596 | 68,031 | 20,199 | 43,041 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Construction, land development and other land loans
|
$ | 485,419 | $ | 2,540 | $ | 84,686 | $ | 246,754 | $ | 43,266 | $ | 108,173 | ||||||||||||
|
Loans Secured by Nonfarm, Nonresidential Properties by Region
(1)
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Income producing:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Retail
|
$ | 157,141 | $ | - | $ | 41,108 | $ | 62,068 | $ | 22,836 | $ | 31,129 | ||||||||||||
|
Office
|
159,386 | - | 37,048 | 83,666 | 8,452 | 30,220 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Nursing homes/assisted living
|
98,842 | - | - | 90,576 | 3,957 | 4,309 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Hotel/motel
|
62,254 | - | 391 | 27,077 | 25,451 | 9,335 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Industrial
|
60,349 | - | 8,931 | 14,111 | 375 | 36,932 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Health care
|
17,488 | - | - | 10,144 | 121 | 7,223 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Convenience stores
|
8,660 | - | - | 4,776 | 1,393 | 2,491 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Other
|
137,901 | 995 | 14,209 | 68,543 | 5,036 | 49,118 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Total income producing loans
|
702,021 | 995 | 101,687 | 360,961 | 67,621 | 170,757 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Owner-occupied:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Office
|
107,049 | - | 14,146 | 65,372 | 4,068 | 23,463 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Churches
|
78,573 | - | 3,117 | 43,684 | 26,807 | 4,965 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Industrial warehouses
|
91,497 | - | 1,312 | 42,958 | 3,012 | 44,215 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Health care
|
107,527 | - | 14,203 | 62,078 | 15,650 | 15,596 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Convenience stores
|
62,072 | - | 1,723 | 36,561 | 3,843 | 19,945 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Retail
|
37,472 | - | 3,713 | 25,793 | 3,087 | 4,879 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Restaurants
|
31,619 | - | 963 | 24,189 | 4,682 | 1,785 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Auto dealerships
|
14,099 | - | 395 | 11,837 | 1,812 | 55 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Other
|
153,740 | 1,608 | 3,080 | 73,041 | 31,635 | 44,376 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Total owner-occupied loans
|
683,648 | 1,608 | 42,652 | 385,513 | 94,596 | 159,279 | ||||||||||||||||||
|
Loans secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
|
$ | 1,385,669 | $ | 2,603 | $ | 144,339 | $ | 746,474 | $ | 162,217 | $ | 330,036 | ||||||||||||
(1) Excludes Acquired Loans.
Trustmark makes loans in the normal course of business to certain directors, their immediate families and companies in which they are principal owners. Such loans are made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unrelated persons and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility at the time of the transaction.
There is no industry standard definition of “subprime loans.” Trustmark categorizes certain loans as subprime for its purposes using a set of factors, which Management believes are consistent with industry practice. TNB has not originated or purchased subprime mortgages. At March 31, 2013, Trustmark held “alt A” mortgages with an aggregate principal balance of $2.8 million (0.08% of total LHFI secured by real estate at that date). These “alt A” loans have been originated by Trustmark as an accommodation to certain Trustmark customers for whom Trustmark determined that such loans were suitable under the purposes of the Fannie Mae “alt A” program and under Trustmark’s loan origination standards. Trustmark does not have any no-interest loans, other than a small number of loans made to customers that are charitable organizations, the aggregate amount of which is not material to Trustmark’s financial condition or results of operations.
74
Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI
The allowance for loan losses, LHFI is established through provisions for estimated loan losses charged against net income. The allowance reflects Management’s best estimate of the probable loan losses related to specifically identified LHFI as well as probable incurred loan losses in the remaining loan portfolio and requires considerable judgment. The allowance is based upon Management’s current judgments and the credit quality of the loan portfolio, including all internal and external factors that impact loan collectibility. Accordingly, the allowance is based upon both past events and current economic conditions.
Trustmark’s allowance has been developed using different factors to estimate losses based upon specific evaluation of identified individual LHFI considered impaired, estimated identified losses on various pools of LHFI and/or groups of risk rated LHFI with common risk characteristics and other external and internal factors of estimated probable losses based on other facts and circumstances.
Trustmark’s allowance for loan loss methodology is based on guidance provided in SAB No. 102 as well as other regulatory guidance. The level of Trustmark’s allowance reflects Management’s continuing evaluation of specific credit risks, loan loss experience, current loan portfolio growth, present economic, political and regulatory conditions and unidentified losses inherent in the current loan portfolio. This evaluation takes into account other qualitative factors including recent acquisitions; national, regional and local economic trends and conditions; changes in industry and credit concentration; changes in levels and trends of delinquencies and nonperforming LHFI; changes in levels and trends of net charge-offs; and changes in interest rates and collateral, financial and underwriting exceptions.
Trustmark’s allowance for loan loss methodology segregates the commercial purpose and commercial construction loan portfolios into nine separate loan types (or pools) which have similar characteristics such as repayment, collateral and risk profiles. The nine basic loan pools are further segregated into Trustmark’s five key market regions, Alabama, Florida, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas, to take into consideration the uniqueness of each market. A 10-point risk rating system is utilized for each separate loan pool to apply a reserve factor consisting of quantitative and qualitative components to determine the needed allowance by each loan type. As a result, there are 450 risk rate factors for commercial loan types. The nine separate pools are shown below:
Commercial Purpose Loans
|
·
|
Real Estate – Owner Occupied
|
|
·
|
Real Estate – Non-Owner Occupied
|
|
·
|
Working Capital
|
|
·
|
Non-Working Capital
|
|
·
|
Land
|
|
·
|
Lots and Development
|
|
·
|
Political Subdivisions
|
Commercial Construction Loans
|
|
·
|
1 to 4 Family
|
|
|
·
|
Non-1 to 4 Family
|
The quantitative factors of the allowance methodology reflect a twelve-quarter rolling average of net charge-offs, one quarter in arrears, by loan type within each key market region. This allows for a greater sensitivity to current trends, such as economic changes, as well as current loss profiles and creates a more accurate depiction of historical losses.
During the fourth quarter of 2012, Trustmark revised the quantitative portion of the allowance for loan loss methodology for consumer and residential LHFI. Trustmark converted the historical loss factor from a 20-quarter net charge-off rolling average to a 12-quarter rolling average and developed a separate reserve for junior liens on 1-4 family LHFI. The change in the quantitative methodology allows the bank to more readily correlate portfolio risk to the current market environment as the impact of more recent experience is emphasized. This change also allows for a greater sensitivity to current trends such as economic and performance changes, which includes current loss profiles, and creates a more accurate depiction of historical losses. Loans and lines of credit secured by junior liens on 1-4 family residential properties are being reserved for separately in light of continued uncertainty in the economy and the housing market in particular. An additional provision of approximately $1.4 million was recorded during the fourth quarter of 2012 as a result of this revision to the quantitative portion of the allowance for loan loss methodology for consumer and residential LHFI.
75
The allowance for loan loss methodology segregates the consumer loan portfolio into homogeneous pools of loans that contain similar structure, repayment, collateral and risk profiles. These homogeneous pools of loans are shown below:
|
|
·
|
Residential Mortgage
|
|
|
·
|
Direct Consumer
|
|
|
·
|
Auto Finance
|
|
|
·
|
Junior Lien on 1-4 Family Residential Properties
|
|
|
·
|
Credit Cards
|
|
|
·
|
Overdrafts
|
The historical loss experience for these pools is determined by calculating a 12-quarter rolling average of net charge-offs, which is applied to each pool to establish the quantitative aspect of the methodology. Where, in Management’s estimation, the calculated loss experience does not fully cover the anticipated loss for a pool, an estimate is also applied to each pool to establish the qualitative aspect of the methodology, which represents the perceived risks across the loan portfolio at the current point in time.
Qualitative factors used in the allowance methodology include the following:
|
|
·
|
National and regional economic trends and conditions
|
|
|
·
|
Impact of recent performance trends
|
|
|
·
|
Experience, ability and effectiveness of management
|
|
|
·
|
Adherence to Trustmark’s loan policies, procedures and internal controls
|
|
|
·
|
Collateral, financial and underwriting exception trends
|
|
|
·
|
Credit concentrations
|
|
|
·
|
Acquisitions
|
|
|
·
|
Catastrophe
|
Each qualitative factor is converted to a scale ranging from 0 (No risk) to 100 (High Risk), other than the last two factors, which are applied on a dollar-for-dollar basis, to ensure that the combination of such factors is proportional.
The resulting ratings from the individual factors are weighted and summed to establish the weighted average qualitative factor of a specific loan portfolio within each key market region. This weighted average qualitative factor is then distributed over the nine primary loan pools within each key market region based on the ranking by risk of each.
At March 31, 2013, the allowance for loan losses, LHFI, was $76.9 million, a decrease of $1.8 million when compared with December 31, 2012. Total allowance coverage of nonperforming LHFI, excluding impaired LHFI, at March 31, 2013, was 145.8%, compared to 174.5% at December 31, 2012. Allocation of Trustmark’s $76.9 million allowance for loan losses, LHFI, represented 1.56% of commercial LHFI and 0.98% of consumer and home mortgage LHFI, resulting in an allowance to total LHFI of 1.40% as of March 31, 2013. This compares with an allowance to total LHFI of 1.41% at December 31, 2012, which was allocated to commercial LHFI at 1.59% and to consumer and mortgage LHFI at 0.97%.
Recoveries exceeded charge-offs for the first three months of 2013 resulting in a net recovery of $1.1 million, or -0.08% of average LHFI, compared to net charge-offs of $1.9 million, or 0.13% of average LHFI, during the same time period in 2012. Florida and Mississippi had the highest recoveries, which totaled $2.1 million and $1.9 million, respectively, for the first three months of 2013. The increase in net recoveries can be primarily attributed to impaired LHFI paid off in excess of the book value, which is net of previous charge-downs. The net charge-offs exceeded the provision for Tennessee for the first three months of 2013 because a large portion of charge-offs had been fully reserved in prior periods. Management continues to monitor the impact of real estate values on borrowers and is proactively managing these situations.
76
|
Net Charge-Offs
(1)
|
||||||||
|
($ in thousands)
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|||||||
|
2013
|
2012
|
|||||||
|
Alabama
|
$ | 11 | $ | - | ||||
|
Florida
|
(849 | ) | 1,495 | |||||
|
Mississippi
(2)
|
(290 | ) | 251 | |||||
|
Tennessee
(3)
|
249 | 223 | ||||||
|
Texas
|
(251 | ) | (37 | ) | ||||
|
Total net (recoveries) charge-offs
|
$ | (1,130 | ) | $ | 1,932 | |||
(1) - Excludes Acquired Loans
(2) - Mississippi includes Central and Southern Mississippi Regions
(3) - Tennessee includes Memphis, Tennessee and Northern Mississippi Regions
Trustmark’s loan policy dictates the guidelines to be followed in determining when a loan is charged-off. Commercial purpose loans are charged-off when a determination is made that the loan is uncollectible and continuance as a bankable asset is not warranted or an impairment evaluation indicates that a value adjustment is necessary. Consumer loans secured by 1-4 family residential real estate are generally charged-off or written down when the credit becomes severely delinquent, and the balance exceeds the fair value of the property less costs to sell. Non-real estate consumer purpose loans, including both secured and unsecured, are generally charged-off in full during the month in which the loan becomes 120 days past due. Credit card loans are generally charged-off in full when the loan becomes 180 days past due.
Nonperforming Assets, excluding Acquired Loans and Covered Other Real Estate
Nonperforming assets, excluding acquired loans and covered other real estate, totaled $201.7 million at March 31, 2013, an increase of $41.2 million relative to December 31, 2012. Collectively, total nonperforming assets to total nonacquired loans and noncovered other real estate at March 31, 2013 was 3.48% compared to 2.71% at December 31, 2012. During the first three months of 2013, nonperforming loans increased $959 thousand, or 1.2%, relative to December 31, 2012 to total $83.3 million, or 1.47% of total LHFI and LHFS. Foreclosed real estate, excluding covered other real estate, increased $40.2 million since December 31, 2012 to total $118.4 million, of which $41.2 million was attributable to the BancTrust acquisition.
77
|
Nonperforming Assets
(1)
|
||||||||
|
($ in thousands)
|
||||||||
|
March 31, 2013
|
December 31, 2012
|
|||||||
|
Nonaccrual loans
|
||||||||
|
Alabama
|
$ | - | $ | - | ||||
|
Florida
|
14,046 | 19,314 | ||||||
|
Mississippi
(2)
|
46,697 | 38,960 | ||||||
|
Tennessee
(3)
|
4,877 | 8,401 | ||||||
|
Texas
|
17,702 | 15,688 | ||||||
|
Total nonaccrual loans
|
83,322 | 82,363 | ||||||
|
Other real estate
|
||||||||
|
Alabama
|
28,870 | - | ||||||
|
Florida
|
30,662 | 18,569 | ||||||
|
Mississippi
(2)
|
26,457 | 27,771 | ||||||
|
Tennessee
(3)
|
18,339 | 17,589 | ||||||
|
Texas
|
14,078 | 14,260 | ||||||
|
Total other real estate
|
118,406 | 78,189 | ||||||
|
Total nonperforming assets
|
$ | 201,728 | $ | 160,552 | ||||
|
Nonperforming assets/total loans (including
loans held for sale) and ORE
|
3.48 | % | 2.71 | % | ||||
|
Loans Past Due 90 days or more and still Accruing
|
||||||||
|
Loans held for investment
|
$ | 2,772 | $ | 6,378 | ||||
|
Serviced GNMA loans eligible for repurchase
(4)
|
$ | 4,469 | $ | 43,073 | ||||
(1) - Excludes Acquired Loans and Covered Other Real Estate
(2) - Mississippi includes Central and Southern Mississippi Regions
(3) - Tennessee includes Memphis, Tennessee and Northern Mississippi Regions
(4) - No obligation to repurchase
See the previous discussion of LHFS for more information on Trustmark’s serviced GNMA loans eligible for repurchase.
The following table illustrates nonaccrual LHFI by loan type for the periods presented:
Nonaccrual LHFI by Loan Type
(1)
($ in thousands)
|
March 31, 2013
|
December 31, 2012
|
|||||||
|
Construction, land development and other land loans
|
$ | 24,443 | $ | 27,105 | ||||
|
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
|
27,149 | 27,114 | ||||||
|
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
|
17,880 | 18,289 | ||||||
|
Other loans secured by real estate
|
1,040 | 3,956 | ||||||
|
Commercial and industrial
|
9,053 | 4,741 | ||||||
|
Consumer loans
|
277 | 360 | ||||||
|
Other loans
|
3,480 | 798 | ||||||
|
Total Nonaccrual LHFI by Type
|
$ | 83,322 | $ | 82,363 | ||||
(1) - Excludes Acquired Loans
Other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, includes assets that have been acquired through foreclosure and is recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less the estimated cost of disposition. Fair value is based on independent appraisals and other relevant factors. Valuation adjustments required at foreclosure are charged to the allowance for loan losses. At March 31, 2013, total other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, was $118.4 million an increase of $40.2 million when compared with December 31, 2012. The BancTrust acquisition contributed $41.2 million of the increase in other real estate, excluding covered other real estate. Excluding other real estate acquired in the BancTrust merger, other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, declined $951 thousand when compared with December 31, 2012.
78
The following table illustrates other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, by type of property for the periods presented:
Other Real Estate by Property Type
(1)
($ in thousands)
|
March 31, 2013
|
December 31, 2012
|
|||||||
|
Construction, land development and other land properties
|
$ | 65,664 | $ | 46,957 | ||||
|
1-4 family residential properties
|
12,396 | 8,134 | ||||||
|
Nonfarm, nonresidential properties
|
37,746 | 22,760 | ||||||
|
Other real estate properties
|
2,600 | 338 | ||||||
|
Total other real estate, excluding covered other real estate
|
$ | 118,406 | $ | 78,189 | ||||
(1) - Excludes Covered Other Real Estate
Other real estate is revalued on an annual basis or more often if market conditions necessitate. Subsequent to foreclosure, losses on the periodic revaluation of the property are charged against an ORE specific reserve or net income in ORE/Foreclosure expense, if a reserve does not exist. Writedowns of other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, decreased $807 thousand during the first three months of 2013 compared to the same time period in 2012. The decrease in other real estate writedowns is a result of stabilizing property values and adequate reserves established in prior periods.
The following table illustrates writedowns of other real estate by region for the periods presented:
|
Writedowns of Other Real Estate by Region
(1)
|
||||||||
|
($ in thousands)
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
|||||||
|
2013
|
2012
|
|||||||
|
Alabama
|
$ | - | $ | - | ||||
|
Florida
|
137 | 1,916 | ||||||
|
Mississippi
(2)
|
284 | (32 | ) | |||||
|
Tennessee
(3)
|
1,004 | 273 | ||||||
|
Texas
|
176 | 251 | ||||||
|
Total other real estate
|
$ | 1,601 | $ | 2,408 | ||||
(1) - Excludes Covered Other Real Estate
(2) - Mississippi includes Central and Southern Mississippi Regions
(3) - Tennessee includes Memphis, Tennessee and Northern Mississippi Regions
79
Acquired Loans
For the periods presented, acquired loans consisted of the following:
Acquired Loans
($ in thousands)
|
March 31, 2013
|
December 31, 2012
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Covered
|
Noncovered
|
Covered
|
Noncovered
|
|||||||||||||
|
Loans secured by real estate:
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Construction, land development and other land loans
|
$ | 3,875 | $ | 138,442 | $ | 3,924 | $ | 10,056 | ||||||||
|
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
|
20,980 | 209,658 | 23,990 | 19,404 | ||||||||||||
|
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
|
17,355 | 339,953 | 18,407 | 45,649 | ||||||||||||
|
Other
|
3,365 | 32,208 | 3,567 | 669 | ||||||||||||
|
Commercial and industrial loans
|
648 | 235,286 | 747 | 3,035 | ||||||||||||
|
Consumer loans
|
179 | 32,694 | 177 | 2,610 | ||||||||||||
|
Other loans
|
1,187 | 14,886 | 1,229 | 100 | ||||||||||||
|
Acquired loans
|
47,589 | 1,003,127 | 52,041 | 81,523 | ||||||||||||
|
Less allowance for loan losses, acquired loans
|
4,497 | 1,961 | 4,190 | 1,885 | ||||||||||||
|
Net acquired loans
|
$ | 43,092 | $ | 1,001,166 | $ | 47,851 | $ | 79,638 | ||||||||
On February 15, 2013, Trustmark completed its merger with BancTrust. Loans acquired in the BancTrust acquisition were evaluated for evidence of credit deterioration since origination and collectability of contractually required payments. Trustmark elected to account for all loans acquired in the BancTrust acquisition as acquired impaired loans under
FASB ASC Topic 310-30, “Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality,” except for $154.8 million of acquired loans with revolving privileges and acquired commercial leases, which are outside the scope of the guidance.
While not all loans acquired from BancTrust exhibited evidence of significant credit deterioration,
accounting for these acquired loans under ASC Topic 310-30 would have materially the same result as the alternative accounting treatment. The purchase price allocation was deemed preliminary as of March 31, 2013 and is expected to be finalized during the second quarter of 2013.
On March 16, 2012, Trustmark completed its merger with Bay Bank. Loans acquired in the Bay Bank acquisition were evaluated for evidence of credit deterioration since origination and collectability of contractually required payments. Trustmark elected to account for all loans acquired in the Bay Bank acquisition as acquired impaired loans under
FASB ASC Topic 310-30, except for $5.9 million of acquired loans with revolving privileges, which are outside the scope of the guidance.
While not all loans acquired from Bay Bank exhibited evidence of significant credit deterioration,
accounting for these acquired loans under ASC Topic 310-30 would have materially the same result as the alternative accounting treatment. The purchase price allocation was deemed preliminary as of March 31, 2012 and was finalized in the second quarter of 2012.
Trustmark accounts for acquired impaired loans under FASB ASC Topic 310-30. An acquired loan is considered impaired when there is evidence of credit deterioration since the origination and it is probable at the date of acquisition that Trustmark would be unable to collect all contractually required payments. Revolving credit agreements such as home equity lines and commercial leases are excluded from acquired impaired loan accounting requirements. Trustmark acquired $154.8 million of revolving credit agreements and commercial leases, at fair value, in the BancTrust acquisition and $5.9 million of revolving credit agreements, at fair value, in the Bay Bank acquisition, consisting mainly of home equity loans and commercial asset-based lines of credit, where the borrower had revolving privileges on the acquisition date. As such, Trustmark has accounted for such acquired loans in accordance with accounting requirements for acquired nonimpaired loans.
80
The following table illustrates changes in the carrying value of the acquired loans for the periods presented:
Acquired Loans Carrying Value
($ in thousands)
|
Covered
|
Noncovered
|
|||||||||||||||
|
Acquired
|
Acquired
|
Acquired
|
Acquired
|
|||||||||||||
|
Impaired
|
Not ASC 310-30
(1)
|
Impaired
|
Not ASC 310-30
(1)
|
|||||||||||||
|
Carrying value, net at January 1, 2012
|
$ | 72,131 | $ | 4,171 | $ | 4,350 | $ | 13 | ||||||||
|
Loans acquired
(2)
|
- | - | 91,987 | 5,927 | ||||||||||||
|
Accretion to interest income
|
8,031 | 367 | 4,138 | 161 | ||||||||||||
|
Payments received, net
|
(27,496 | ) | (2,107 | ) | (24,330 | ) | 868 | |||||||||
|
Other
|
(3,085 | ) | 29 | (1,318 | ) | (273 | ) | |||||||||
|
Less allowance for loan losses, acquired loans
|
(4,190 | ) | - | (1,885 | ) | - | ||||||||||
|
Carrying value, net at December 31, 2012
|
45,391 | 2,460 | 72,942 | 6,696 | ||||||||||||
|
Loans acquired
(3)
|
- | - | 796,172 | 154,839 | ||||||||||||
|
Accretion to interest income
(4)
|
1,516 | 156 | 6,301 | 453 | ||||||||||||
|
Payments received, net
|
(5,801 | ) | (370 | ) | (33,477 | ) | (1,700 | ) | ||||||||
|
Other
|
76 | (29 | ) | (1,024 | ) | 40 | ||||||||||
|
Less allowance for loan losses, acquired loans
|
(307 | ) | - | (76 | ) | - | ||||||||||
|
Carrying value, net at March 31, 2013
|
$ | 40,875 | $ | 2,217 | $ | 840,838 | $ | 160,328 | ||||||||
(1) Acquired nonimpaired loans consist of revolving credit agreements that are not in scope for FASB ASC Topic 310-30.
(2) Fair value of loans acquired from Bay Bank on March 16, 2012.
(3) Fair value of loans acquired from BancTrust on February 15, 2013.
(4) Accretion to interest income for BancTrust since acquisition at February 15, 2013 is considered immaterial.
Covered Other Real Estate
All other real estate acquired in a FDIC-assisted acquisition, such as the Heritage Banking Group (Heritage) acquisition, that is subject to a FDIC loss-share agreement is referred to as covered other real estate and reported separately in Trustmark’s consolidated balance sheets. Covered other real estate is reported exclusive of expected reimbursement cash flows from the FDIC. Foreclosed covered loan collateral is transferred into covered other real estate at the collateral’s net realizable value.
Covered other real estate is initially recorded at its estimated fair value on the acquisition date based on an independent appraisal less estimated selling costs. Any subsequent valuation adjustments due to declines in fair value are charged to noninterest expense, and are mostly offset by noninterest income representing the corresponding increase to the FDIC indemnification asset for the offsetting loss reimbursement amount. Any recoveries of previous valuation adjustments are credited to noninterest expense with a corresponding charge to noninterest income for the portion of the recovery that is due to the FDIC.
Covered other real estate by type of property consisted of the following for the periods presented:
Covered Other Real Estate by Property Type
($ in thousands)
|
March 31,
|
December 31,
|
|||||||
|
2013
|
2012
|
|||||||
|
Construction, land development and other land properties
|
$ | 897 | $ | 1,284 | ||||
|
1-4 family residential properties
|
1,661 | 1,306 | ||||||
|
Nonfarm, nonresidential properties
|
3,264 | 3,151 | ||||||
|
Other real estate properties
|
57 | - | ||||||
|
Total covered other real estate
|
$ | 5,879 | $ | 5,741 | ||||
81
For the three months ended March 31, 2013, changes and (losses) gains, net on covered other real estate were as follows:
Change in Covered Other Real Estate
($ in thousands)
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
||||||||
|
2013
|
2012
|
|||||||
|
Balance at beginning of period
|
$ | 5,741 | $ | 6,331 | ||||
|
Transfers from covered loans
|
947 | 144 | ||||||
|
FASB ASC 310-30 adjustment for the residual recorded investment
|
(246 | ) | (10 | ) | ||||
|
Net transfers from covered loans
|
701 | 134 | ||||||
|
Disposals
|
(203 | ) | (518 | ) | ||||
|
Writedowns
|
(360 | ) | (123 | ) | ||||
|
Balance at end of period
|
$ | 5,879 | $ | 5,824 | ||||
|
(Loss) gain, net on the sale of covered other real estate included in ORE/Foreclosure expense
|
$ | (59 | ) | $ | 158 | |||
FDIC Indemnification Asset
TNB has elected to account for amounts receivable under the loss-share agreement as an indemnification asset in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 805, “Business Combinations.” The FDIC indemnification asset was initially recorded at fair value, based on the discounted value of expected future cash flows under the loss-share agreement. The difference between the present value and the undiscounted cash flows TNB expects to collect from the FDIC is accreted into noninterest income over the life of the FDIC indemnification asset. Pursuant to the provisions of the loss-share agreement, the FDIC indemnification asset is presented net of any true-up provision due to the FDIC at the termination of the loss-share agreement.
In October 2012, FASB issued ASU 2012-06, “
Business Combinations (Topic 805): Subsequent Accounting for an Indemnification Asset Recognized at the Acquisition Date as a Result of a Government-Assisted Acquisition of a Financial Institution (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force)
,” to address the diversity in practice regarding how to account for the subsequent measurement of an indemnification asset recognized as a result of a government-assisted acquisition of a financial institution. ASU 2012-06 requires that the indemnification asset be measured subsequently on the same basis as the indemnified assets and, if the effect of the change in the cash flows expected to be collected on an indemnification asset must be amortized, the amortization period is limited to the lesser of the term of the indemnification agreement and the remaining life of the indemnified asset.
Trustmark has accounted for the FDIC indemnification asset using the “collectibility method,” which recognized write-downs of the FDIC indemnification asset resulting from improvements in expected cash flows and covered losses based on the re-estimation of the acquired covered loans, pay-offs of acquired covered loans, sales of covered other real estate, or reductions in FDIC loss claims immediately in noninterest income. Under ASU 2012-06, write-downs of the FDIC indemnification asset resulting from improvements in expected cash flows and covered losses based on the re-estimation of acquired covered loans will be recognized over the lesser of the remaining life or contractual period of the acquired covered loan by a yield adjustment on the accretion of the discount basis of the FDIC indemnification asset. All other valuation changes of the FDIC indemnification asset (i.e., pay-offs of acquired covered loans, sales of covered other real estate, and reductions of FDIC loss claims) will continue to be accounted for under the “collectibility method.”
The amendments in ASU 2012-06 are effective prospectively for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2012, and, therefore, were effective for Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements as of January 1, 2013. Management determined that the impact of this change in accounting principle was immaterial to Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements for the first three months of 2013.
Trustmark periodically re-estimates the expected cash flows on the acquired loans as required by FASB ASC Topic 310-30. For the first three months of 2013, this analysis resulted in improvements in the estimated future cash flows of the acquired covered loans that remain outstanding as well as lower expected remaining losses on those loans. The improvements in the estimated expected cash flows of the acquired covered loans resulted in a reduction of the expected loss-share receivable from the FDIC. During the first three months of 2013, other income included a write-down of the FDIC indemnification asset of $1.4 million on acquired covered loans as a result of loan pay offs, improved cash flow projections and lower loss expectations for loan pools. Trustmark did not re-estimate the expected cash flows on the acquired loans during the first three months of 2012.
82
The following table illustrates changes in the FDIC indemnification asset for the periods presented:
FDIC Indemnification Asset
($ in thousands)
|
Three Months Ended March 31,
|
||||||||
|
2013
|
2012
|
|||||||
|
Balance at beginning of period
|
$ | 21,774 | $ | 28,348 | ||||
|
Accretion
|
54 | 65 | ||||||
|
Transfers to FDIC claims receivable
|
(270 | ) | - | |||||
|
Change in expected cash flows
(1)
|
(1,335 | ) | (93 | ) | ||||
|
Change in FDIC true-up provision
|
(25 | ) | (60 | ) | ||||
|
Balance at end of period
|
$ | 20,198 | $ | 28,260 | ||||
|
(1)
|
The decrease during the first three months of 2013 was due to loan pay-offs, improved cash flow projections, and lower loss expectations for covered loans. Amount does not reflect adoption of ASU 2012-06, which was immaterial for the first three months of 2013.
|
Pursuant to the provisions of the Heritage loss-share agreement, TNB may be required to make a true-up payment to the FDIC at the termination of the loss-share agreement should actual losses be less than certain thresholds established in the agreement. TNB calculates the projected true-up payable to the FDIC quarterly and records a FDIC true-up provision for the present value of the projected true-up payable to the FDIC at the termination of the loss-share agreement. TNB’s FDIC true-up provision totaled $1.1 million at both March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012.
Other Earning Assets
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements were $5.9 million at March 31, 2013, a decrease of $1.1 million when compared with December 31, 2012. Trustmark utilizes these products as offerings for its correspondent banking customers as well as a short-term investment alternative whenever it has excess liquidity.
Average other earning assets totaled $34.7 million at March 31, 2013, compared with $31.2 million at December 31, 2012, an increase of $3.5 million, or 11.2%, of which $1.2 million was attributable to the BancTrust acquisition.
Deposits and Other Interest-Bearing Liabilities
Trustmark’s deposit base is its primary source of funding and consists of core deposits from the communities Trustmark serves. Deposits include interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing demand accounts, savings, money market, certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts. Total deposits were $9.909 billion at March 31, 2013, compared with $7.897 billion at December 31, 2012, an increase of $2.013 billion, or 25.5%. Deposit growth was driven by increases in both noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing deposits of $280.1 million and $1.733 billion, respectively. The BancTrust acquisition contributed $315.8 million of noninterest-bearing deposits and $1.410 billion of interest-bearing deposits at March 31, 2013. Excluding BancTrust, deposit growth was driven by an increase in interest-bearing deposits of $322.6 million, which was partially offset by a decline in noninterest-bearing deposits of $35.7 million. The decline in noninterest-bearing deposits was primarily the result of public deposit account relationships moving balances from noninterest-bearing to interest-bearing accounts. The increase in interest-bearing deposits resulted primarily from seasonal increases in public deposits and growth in money market accounts. However, time deposit account balances, excluding BancTrust, declined by $52.2 million as Trustmark continued its efforts to reduce high-cost deposit balances. A portion of the decline in time deposit balances was offset by the growth in money market balances due to customer preference for liquidity in today’s interest rate environment.
Trustmark uses short-term borrowings to fund growth of earning assets in excess of deposit growth. Short-term borrowings consist primarily of federal funds purchased, securities sold under repurchase agreements and GNMA optional repurchase loans. Short-term borrowings totaled $266.1 million at March 31, 2013, a decrease of $109.7 million when compared with $375.7 million at December 31, 2012. Of these amounts, $219.6 million and $285.1 million, respectively, were customer related transactions, such as commercial sweep repo balances. The decrease in short-term borrowings resulted primarily from declines in federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements of $58.5 million and $10.6 million, respectively, as funding pressures lessened due to strong deposit growth. In addition, Trustmark exercised its option to repurchase approximately $58.0 million delinquent loans serviced for GNMA during the first quarter of 2013. These loans were subsequently sold to a third party under different repurchase provisions. As a result of this repurchase and sale, the loans are no longer carried as LHFS with the offsetting amount in short-term borrowings. For additional information, please see “Loans Held for Sale (LHFS)” included elsewhere in this report.
83
Legal Environment
Trustmark’s wholly-owned subsidiary, TNB, has been named as a defendant in two lawsuits related to the collapse of the Stanford Financial Group. The first is a purported class action complaint that was filed on August 23, 2009 in the District Court of Harris County, Texas, by Peggy Roif Rotstain, Guthrie Abbott, Catherine Burnell, Steven Queyrouze, Jaime Alexis Arroyo Bornstein and Juan C. Olano, on behalf of themselves and all others similarly situated, naming TNB and four other financial institutions unaffiliated with Trustmark as defendants. The complaint seeks to recover (i) alleged fraudulent transfers from each of the defendants in the amount of fees and other monies received by each defendant from entities controlled by R. Allen Stanford (collectively, the “Stanford Financial Group”) and (ii) damages allegedly attributable to alleged conspiracies by one or more of the defendants with the Stanford Financial Group to commit fraud and/or aid and abet fraud on the asserted grounds that defendants knew or should have known the Stanford Financial Group was conducting an illegal and fraudulent scheme. Plaintiffs have demanded a jury trial. Plaintiffs did not quantify damages. In November 2009, the lawsuit was removed to federal court by certain defendants and then transferred by the United States Panel on Multidistrict Litigation to federal court in the Northern District of Texas (Dallas) where multiple Stanford related matters are being consolidated for pre-trial proceedings. In May 2010, all defendants (including TNB) filed motions to dismiss the lawsuit, and the motions to dismiss have been fully briefed by all parties. The court has not yet ruled on the defendants’ motions to dismiss. In August 2010, the court authorized and approved the formation of an Official Stanford Investors Committee to represent the interests of Stanford investors and, under certain circumstances, to file legal actions for the benefit of Stanford investors. In December 2011, the Official Stanford Investors Committee (“OSIC”) filed a motion to intervene in this action. In September 2012, the district court referred the case to a magistrate judge for hearing and determination of certain pretrial issues. In December 2012, the court granted the OSIC’s motion to intervene, and the OSIC filed an Intervenor Complaint against one of the other defendant financial institutions. In February 2013, the OSIC filed an additional Intervenor Complaint that asserts claims against TNB and the remaining defendant financial institutions. The OSIC seeks to recover: (i) alleged fraudulent transfers in the amount of the fees each of the defendants allegedly received from Stanford Financial Group, the profits each of the defendants allegedly made from Stanford Financial Group deposits, and other monies each of the defendants allegedly received from Stanford Financial Group; (ii) damages attributable to alleged conspiracies by each of the defendants with the Stanford Financial Group to commit fraud and/or aid and abet fraud and conversion on the asserted grounds that the defendants knew or should have known the Stanford Financial Group was conducting an illegal and fraudulent scheme; and (iii) punitive damages. The OSIC did not quantify damages.
The second Stanford-related lawsuit was filed on December 14, 2009 in the District Court of Ascension Parish, Louisiana, individually by Harold Jackson, Paul Blaine, Carolyn Bass Smith, Christine Nichols, and Ronald and Ramona Hebert naming TNB (misnamed as Trust National Bank) and other individuals and entities not affiliated with Trustmark as defendants. The complaint seeks to recover the money lost by these individual plaintiffs as a result of the collapse of the Stanford Financial Group (in addition to other damages) under various theories and causes of action, including negligence, breach of contract, breach of fiduciary duty, negligent misrepresentation, detrimental reliance, conspiracy, and violation of Louisiana’s uniform fiduciary, securities, and racketeering laws. The complaint does not quantify the amount of money the plaintiffs seek to recover. In January 2010, the lawsuit was removed to federal court by certain defendants and then transferred by the United States Panel on Multidistrict Litigation to federal court in the Northern District of Texas (Dallas) where multiple Stanford related matters are being consolidated for pre-trial proceedings. On March 29, 2010, the court stayed the case. TNB filed a motion to lift the stay, which was denied on February 28, 2012. In September 2012, the district court referred the case to a magistrate judge for hearing and determination of certain pretrial issues.
TNB’s relationship with the Stanford Financial Group began as a result of Trustmark’s acquisition of a Houston-based bank in August 2006, and consisted of correspondent banking and other traditional banking services in the ordinary course of business. Both Stanford-related lawsuits are in their preliminary stages and have been previously disclosed by Trustmark.
TNB is the defendant in two putative class actions challenging TNB’s practices regarding "overdraft" or "non-sufficient funds" fees charged by TNB in connection with customer use of debit cards, including TNB’s order of processing transactions, notices and calculations of charges, and calculations of fees. Kathy D. White v. TNB was filed in Tennessee state court in Memphis, Tennessee and was removed on June 19, 2012 to the United States District Court for the Western District of Tennessee. (Plaintiff Kathy White had filed an earlier, virtually identical action that was voluntarily dismissed.) Leroy Jenkins v. TNB was filed on June 4, 2012 in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Mississippi. The White and Jenkins pleadings are matters of public record in the files of the courts. In both cases, the plaintiffs purport to represent classes of similarly-situated customers of TNB. The White complaint asserts claims of breach of contract, breach of a duty of good faith and fair dealing, unconscionability, conversion, and unjust enrichment. The Jenkins complaint originally included similar allegations as well as federal-law claims under the Electronic Funds Transfer Act (EFTA) and RICO; however, the RICO claims were voluntarily dismissed from the case on January 9, 2013. Each of these complaints seeks the imposition of a constructive trust and unquantified damages. These complaints are largely patterned after similar lawsuits that have been filed against other banks across the country. On July 19, 2012, the plaintiff in the White case filed an amended complaint to add plaintiffs from Mississippi and also to add federal EFTA claims. Trustmark contends that amended complaint was procedurally improper. On October 4, 2012, the plaintiff in the White case moved for leave to add two Tennessee plaintiffs. That motion is pending for decision. Trustmark has filed preliminary dismissal and venue transfer motions, and discovery has begun, in the White case; the Jenkins case has also entered the active discovery stage.
84
Trustmark and its subsidiaries are also parties to other lawsuits and other claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. Some of the lawsuits assert claims related to the lending, collection, servicing, investment, trust and other business activities, and some of the lawsuits allege substantial claims for damages.
All pending legal proceedings described above are being vigorously contested. In the regular course of business, Management evaluates estimated losses or costs related to litigation, and provision is made for anticipated losses whenever Management believes that such losses are probable and can be reasonably estimated. At the present time, Management believes, based on the advice of legal counsel and Management’s evaluation, that (i) the final resolution of pending legal proceedings described above will not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material impact on Trustmark’s consolidated financial position or results of operations and (ii)
a loss in any such case is not probable at this time, and thus no accrual is required under FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 450-20 (ASC 450). In addition, given the preliminary nature of these matters and the lack of any quantification by plaintiffs of the relief being sought, to the extent that a loss in any such matter may be viewed as reasonably possible under ASC 450, it is not possible at this time to provide an estimate of any such possible loss (or range of possible loss) for any such matter.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
Trustmark makes commitments to extend credit and issues standby and commercial letters of credit in the normal course of business in order to fulfill the financing needs of its customers. These loan commitments and letters of credit are off-balance sheet arrangements.
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend money to customers pursuant to certain specified conditions. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses. Since many of these commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Trustmark applies the same credit policies and standards as it does in the lending process when making these commitments. The collateral obtained is based upon the assessed creditworthiness of the borrower. At March 31, 2013 and 2012, Trustmark had commitments to extend credit of $2.091 billion and $1.683 billion, respectively.
Standby and commercial letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by Trustmark to ensure the performance of a customer to a third party. When issuing letters of credit, Trustmark uses essentially the same policies regarding credit risk and collateral that are followed in the lending process. At March 31, 2013 and 2012, Trustmark’s maximum exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party for letters of credit was $156.1 million and $161.7 million, respectively. These amounts consist primarily of commitments with maturities of less than three years. Trustmark holds collateral to support certain letters of credit when deemed necessary.
Contractual Obligations
Payments due from Trustmark under specified long-term and certain other binding contractual obligations were scheduled in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012. The most significant obligations, other than obligations under deposit contracts and short-term borrowings, were for operating leases for banking facilities. Other than the contractual obligations associated with the BancTrust acquisition, there have been no material changes since year-end.
Capital Resources
At March 31, 2013, Trustmark’s total shareholders’ equity was $1.353 billion, an increase of $65.6 million from its level at December 31, 2012. During the first three months of 2013, shareholders’ equity increased primarily as a result of net income of $24.9 million and the $53.5 million of common stock issued in the BancTrust acquisition, and was offset by common stock dividends of $15.6 million. Trustmark utilizes a capital model in order to provide Management with a monthly tool for analyzing changes in its strategic capital ratios. This allows Management to hold sufficient capital to provide for growth opportunities, protect the balance sheet against sudden adverse market conditions while maintaining an attractive return on equity to shareholders.
Regulatory Capital
Trustmark and TNB are subject to minimum capital requirements, which are administered by various federal regulatory agencies. These capital requirements, as defined by federal guidelines, involve quantitative and qualitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet instruments. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional, discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the financial statements of Trustmark and TNB. Trustmark aims to exceed the well-capitalized guidelines for regulatory capital. As of March 31, 2013, Trustmark and TNB have exceeded all of the minimum capital standards for the parent company and its primary banking subsidiary as established by regulatory requirements. In addition, TNB has met applicable regulatory guidelines to be considered well-capitalized at March 31, 2013. To be categorized in this manner, TNB must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the accompanying table. There are no significant conditions or events that have occurred since March 31, 2013, which Management believes have affected TNB's present classification.
85
In addition, during 2006, Trustmark enhanced its capital structure with the issuance of trust preferred securities and Subordinated Notes. For regulatory capital purposes, the trust preferred securities currently qualify as Tier 1 capital while the Subordinated Notes qualify as Tier 2 capital. The addition of these capital instruments provided Trustmark a cost effective manner in which to manage shareholders’ equity and enhance financial flexibility. Trustmark also acquired $33.0 million of trust preferred securities in the BancTrust merger but has received regulatory approval to redeem the full amount of these securities as soon as contractually allowable. For so long as Trustmark’s assets are less than $15 billion, Trustmark will continue to utilize $60.0 million in trust preferred securities issued by Trustmark Preferred Capital Trust I as Tier 1 capital under the Dodd-Frank provisions.
Regulatory Capital Table
($ in thousands)
|
Minimum Regulatory
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Actual
|
Minimum Regulatory
|
Provision to be
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Regulatory Capital
|
Capital Required
|
Well-Capitalized
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Amount
|
Ratio
|
Amount
|
Ratio
|
Amount
|
Ratio
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
At March 31, 2013:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Trustmark Corporation
|
$ | 1,133,455 | 14.36 | % | $ | 631,326 | 8.00 | % | n/a | n/a | ||||||||||||||
|
Trustmark National Bank
|
1,056,721 | 13.52 | % | 625,446 | 8.00 | % | $ | 781,807 | 10.00 | % | ||||||||||||||
|
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Trustmark Corporation
|
$ | 1,020,170 | 12.93 | % | $ | 315,663 | 4.00 | % | n/a | n/a | ||||||||||||||
|
Trustmark National Bank
|
945,910 | 12.10 | % | 312,723 | 4.00 | % | $ | 469,084 | 6.00 | % | ||||||||||||||
|
Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Trustmark Corporation
|
$ | 1,020,170 | 9.83 | % | $ | 311,397 | 3.00 | % | n/a | n/a | ||||||||||||||
|
Trustmark National Bank
|
945,910 | 9.23 | % | 307,596 | 3.00 | % | $ | 512,660 | 5.00 | % | ||||||||||||||
|
At December 31, 2012:
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Trustmark Corporation
|
$ | 1,157,838 | 17.22 | % | $ | 537,861 | 8.00 | % | n/a | n/a | ||||||||||||||
|
Trustmark National Bank
|
1,119,438 | 16.85 | % | 531,577 | 8.00 | % | $ | 664,472 | 10.00 | % | ||||||||||||||
|
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Trustmark Corporation
|
$ | 1,043,865 | 15.53 | % | $ | 268,930 | 4.00 | % | n/a | n/a | ||||||||||||||
|
Trustmark National Bank
|
1,007,775 | 15.17 | % | 265,789 | 4.00 | % | $ | 398,683 | 6.00 | % | ||||||||||||||
|
Tier 1 Capital (to Average Assets)
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Trustmark Corporation
|
$ | 1,043,865 | 10.97 | % | $ | 285,556 | 3.00 | % | n/a | n/a | ||||||||||||||
|
Trustmark National Bank
|
1,007,775 | 10.72 | % | 281,984 | 3.00 | % | $ | 469,974 | 5.00 | % | ||||||||||||||
The data under the column “Actual Regulatory Capital” at March 31, 2013 in the foregoing table are lower than the data included by Trustmark in its Current Report on Form 8-K (under Item 2.02 thereof) that was furnished to the SEC on April 23, 2013. The revisions correct an error, discovered by Trustmark, that occurred in the application of a disallowance of a portion of the total deferred tax assets from inclusion in the calculation of these regulatory capital ratios. The disallowance was the result of an increase in total deferred tax assets due to the BancTrust acquisition and reduces the regulatory capital ratios by amounts that range from 11 basis points to 16 basis points, which Management believes are, in each case, immaterial.
Dividends on Common Stock
Dividends per common share for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 were $0.23. Trustmark’s indicated dividend for 2013 is $0.92 per common share, which is the same as dividends per common share in 2012.
86
Liquidity
Liquidity is the ability to ensure that sufficient cash flow and liquid assets are available to satisfy current and future financial obligations, including demand for loans and deposit withdrawals, funding operating costs and other corporate purposes. Consistent cash flows from operations and adequate capital provide internally generated liquidity. Furthermore, Management maintains funding capacity from a variety of external sources to meet daily funding needs, such as those required to meet deposit withdrawals, loan disbursements and security settlements. Liquidity strategy also includes the use of wholesale funding sources to provide for the seasonal fluctuations of deposit and loan demand and the cyclical fluctuations of the economy that impact the availability of funds. Management keeps excess funding capacity available to meet potential demands associated with adverse circumstances.
The asset side of the balance sheet provides liquidity primarily through maturities and cash flows from loans and securities, as well as the ability to sell certain loans and securities while the liability portion of the balance sheet provides liquidity primarily through noninterest and interest-bearing deposits. Trustmark utilizes federal funds purchased, FHLB advances, securities sold under repurchase agreements as well as the Federal Reserve Discount Window (Discount Window) and, on a limited basis as discussed below, brokered deposits to provide additional liquidity. Access to these additional sources represents Trustmark’s incremental borrowing capacity.
Deposit accounts represent Trustmark’s largest funding source. Average deposits totaled to $8.832 billion for the first three months of 2013 and represented approximately 81.8% of average liabilities and shareholders’ equity when compared to average deposits of $7.770 billion, which represented 79.7% of average liabilities and shareholders’ equity for the same time period in 2012.
Trustmark utilizes a limited amount of brokered deposits to supplement other wholesale funding sources. At March 31, 2013, brokered sweep Money Market Deposit Account (MMDA) deposits totaled $34.5 million compared to $42.9 million at December 31, 2012. At both March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, Trustmark had $49.9 million in term fixed-rate brokered CDs outstanding. The addition of brokered CDs during 2011 was part of an interest rate risk management strategy and represented the lowest cost alternative for term fixed-rate funding. At March 31, 2013, Trustmark had $34.7 million of reciprocal CDARS time deposits, which were acquired in the BancTrust merger.
At March 31, 2013, Trustmark had no upstream federal funds purchased, compared to $68.0 million at December 31, 2012. Trustmark maintains adequate federal funds lines in excess of the amount utilized to provide sufficient short-term liquidity. Trustmark also maintains a relationship with the FHLB of Dallas, which provided no advances at March 31, 2013 or December 31, 2012. Under the existing borrowing agreement, Trustmark had sufficient qualifying collateral to increase FHLB advances by $1.830 billion at March 31, 2013. At March 31, 2013, Trustmark had $11.0 million in FHLB advances outstanding with the FHLB of Atlanta, which were acquired in the BancTrust merger.
Additionally, Trustmark has the ability to enter into wholesale funding repurchase agreements as a source of borrowing by utilizing its unencumbered investment securities as collateral. At March 31, 2013, Trustmark had approximately $677.1 million available in repurchase agreement capacity compared to $467.0 million at December 31, 2012. The increase in the repurchase agreement capacity at March 31, 2013, was due to the increase in Trustmark’s unencumbered investment portfolio.
Another borrowing source is the Discount Window. At March 31, 2013, Trustmark had approximately $849.6 million available in collateral capacity at the Discount Window from pledges of loans and securities, compared with $798.2 million at December 31, 2012.
TNB has outstanding $50.0 million in aggregate principal amount of Subordinated Notes (the Notes) due December 15, 2016. At March 31, 2013, the carrying amount of the Notes was $49.9 million. The Notes were sold pursuant to the terms of regulations issued by the OCC and in reliance upon an exemption provided by the Securities Act of 1933. The Notes are unsecured and subordinate and junior in right of payment to TNB’s obligations to its depositors, its obligations under bankers’ acceptances and letters of credit, its obligations to any Federal Reserve Bank or the FDIC and its obligations to its other creditors, and to any rights acquired by the FDIC as a result of loans made by the FDIC to TNB.
During 2006, Trustmark completed a private placement of $60.0 million of trust preferred securities through a newly formed Delaware trust affiliate, Trustmark Preferred Capital Trust I, (the Trust). The trust preferred securities mature September 30, 2036 and are redeemable at Trustmark’s option at any time. The proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred securities were used by the Trust to purchase $61.9 million in aggregate principal amount of Trustmark’s junior subordinated debentures.
BancTrust Trust I and BancTrust Trust II are trust affiliates acquired as a result of Trustmark’s acquisition of BancTrust on February 15, 2013. BancTrust Trust I was formed in 2003 to facilitate the issuance of $18.0 million trust preferred securities. The trust preferred securities mature in 2034 and are redeemable at Trustmark’s option at any time. BancTrust Trust II was formed in 2006 to facilitate the issuance of $15.0 million in trust preferred securities. The trust preferred securities mature in 2037 and are redeemable at Trustmark’s option at any time. Trustmark received regulatory approval to redeem the full amount of trust preferred securities acquired in the BancTrust merger. Trustmark redeemed the $15.0 million of trust preferred securities issued by BancTrust Trust II on April 29, 2013. Trustmark has given notice of its intent to redeem the $18.0 million of trust preferred securities issued by BancTrust Trust I in June 2013.
87
Another funding mechanism set into place in 2006 was Trustmark’s grant of a Class B banking license from the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority. Subsequently, Trustmark established a branch in the Cayman Islands through an agent bank. The branch was established as a mechanism to attract dollar denominated foreign deposits (i.e., Eurodollars) as an additional source of funding. At March 31, 2013, Trustmark had $56.5 million in Eurodollar deposits outstanding, compared to $75.0 million at December 31, 2012.
The Board of Directors currently has the authority to issue up to 20.0 million preferred shares with no par value. The ability to issue preferred shares in the future will provide Trustmark with additional financial and management flexibility for general corporate and acquisition purposes. At March 31, 2013, Trustmark had no shares of preferred stock issued.
Liquidity position and strategy are reviewed regularly by the Asset/Liability Committee and continuously adjusted in relationship to Trustmark’s overall strategy. Management believes that Trustmark has sufficient liquidity and capital resources to meet presently known cash flow requirements arising from ongoing business transactions.
Asset/Liability Management
Overview
Market risk reflects the potential risk of loss arising from adverse changes in interest rates and market prices. Trustmark has risk management policies to monitor and limit exposure to market risk. Trustmark’s primary market risk is interest rate risk created by core banking activities. Interest rate risk is the potential variability of the income generated by Trustmark’s financial products or services, which results from changes in various market interest rates. Market rate changes may take the form of absolute shifts, variances in the relationships between different rates and changes in the shape or slope of the interest rate term structure.
Management continually develops and applies cost-effective strategies to manage these risks. The Asset/Liability Committee sets the day-to-day operating guidelines, approves strategies affecting net interest income and coordinates activities within policy limits established by the Board of Directors. A key objective of the asset/liability management program is to quantify, monitor and manage interest rate risk and to assist Management in maintaining stability in the net interest margin under varying interest rate environments.
Derivatives
Trustmark uses financial derivatives for management of interest rate risk. The Asset/Liability Committee, in its oversight role for the management of interest rate risk, approves the use of derivatives in balance sheet hedging strategies. The most common derivatives employed by Trustmark are interest rate lock commitments, forward contracts (both futures contracts and options on futures contracts), interest rate swaps, interest rate caps and interest rate floors. In addition, Trustmark has entered into derivative contracts as counterparty to one or more customers in connection with loans extended to those customers. These transactions are designed to hedge interest rate, currency or other exposures of the customers and are not entered into by Trustmark for speculative purposes. Increased federal regulation of the derivative markets may increase the cost to Trustmark to administer derivative programs.
As part of Trustmark’s risk management strategy in the mortgage banking area, various derivative instruments such as interest rate lock commitments and forward sales contracts are utilized. Rate lock commitments are residential mortgage loan commitments with customers, which guarantee a specified interest rate for a specified period of time. Trustmark’s obligations under forward contracts consist of commitments to deliver mortgage loans, originated and/or purchased, in the secondary market at a future date. These derivative instruments are designated as fair value hedges under FASB ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging.” The gross, notional amount of Trustmark’s off-balance sheet obligations under these derivative instruments totaled $472.6 million at March 31, 2013, with a positive valuation adjustment of $1.1 million, compared to $497.2 million, with a positive valuation adjustment of $1.5 million as of December 31, 2012. The decline during the first three months of 2013 was due to declining mortgage loan refinancing activity, following an extended low mortgage rate environment.
Trustmark utilizes a portfolio of exchange-traded derivative instruments, such as Treasury note futures contracts and option contracts, to achieve a fair value return that offsets the changes in fair value of MSR attributable to interest rates. These transactions are considered freestanding derivatives that do not otherwise qualify for hedge accounting under GAAP. Changes in the fair value of these exchange-traded derivative instruments are recorded in noninterest income in mortgage banking, net and are offset by the changes in the fair value of MSR. The MSR fair value represents the present value of future cash flows, which among other things includes decay and the effect of changes in interest rates. Ineffectiveness of hedging the MSR fair value is measured by comparing the change in value of hedge instruments to the change in the fair value of the MSR asset attributable to changes in interest rates and other market driven changes in valuation inputs and assumptions. The impact of this strategy resulted in a net positive ineffectiveness of $1.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2013, compared to a net negative ineffectiveness of $1.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012. The net positive ineffectiveness is primarily the result of the spread widening between primary mortgage rates and yields on the ten-year Treasury note.
88
Trustmark offers certain derivatives products directly to qualified commercial borrowers seeking to manage their interest rate risk. Trustmark economically hedges interest rate swap transactions executed with commercial borrowers by entering into offsetting interest rate swap transactions with third parties. Derivative transactions executed as part of this program are not designated as qualifying hedging relationships and are, therefore, carried at fair value with the change in fair value recorded in noninterest income in bank card and other fees. Because the derivatives have mirror-image contractual terms, in addition to collateral provisions which mitigate the impact of non-performance risk, the changes in fair value substantially offset. As of March 31, 2013, Trustmark had interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $367.0 million related to this program, compared to $321.3 million as of December 31, 2012.
Trustmark has agreements with its financial institution counterparties that contain provisions where if Trustmark defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then Trustmark could also be declared in default on its derivative obligations.
As of March 31, 2013, the termination value of interest rate swaps in a liability position, which includes accrued interest but excludes any adjustment for nonperformance risk, related to these agreements was $5.0 million compared to $5.4 million as of December 31, 2012. As of March 31, 2013, Trustmark had posted collateral with a market value of $1.3 million against its obligations because of negotiated thresholds and minimum transfer amounts under these agreements. If Trustmark had breached any of these triggering provisions at March 31, 2013, it could have been required to settle its obligations under the agreements at the termination value.
Credit risk participation agreements arise when Trustmark contracts with other financial institutions, as a guarantor or beneficiary, to share credit risk associated with certain interest rate swaps. These agreements provide for reimbursement of losses resulting from a third party default on the underlying swap.
As of March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, Trustmark had entered into two risk participation agreements as a beneficiary with an aggregate notional amount of $10.0 million and $10.1 million, respectively. The fair values of these risk participation agreements were immaterial at March 31, 2013.
Market/Interest Rate Risk Management
The primary purpose in managing interest rate risk is to invest capital effectively and preserve the value created by the core banking business. This is accomplished through the development and implementation of lending, funding, pricing and hedging strategies designed to maximize net interest income performance under varying interest rate environments subject to specific liquidity and interest rate risk guidelines.
Financial simulation models are the primary tools used by Trustmark’s Asset/Liability Committee to measure interest rate exposure. Using a wide range of scenarios, Management is provided with extensive information on the potential impact to net interest income caused by changes in interest rates. Models are structured to simulate cash flows and accrual characteristics of Trustmark’s balance sheet. Assumptions are made about the direction and volatility of interest rates, the slope of the yield curve and the changing composition of Trustmark’s balance sheet, resulting from both strategic plans and customer behavior. In addition, the model incorporates Management’s assumptions and expectations regarding such factors as loan and deposit growth, pricing, prepayment speeds and spreads between interest rates.
Based on the results of the simulation models using static balances, it is estimated that net interest income may decrease 1.1% and 1.7% in a one-year, shocked, up 200 basis point rate shift scenario, compared to a base case, flat rate scenario at March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. In the event of a 100 basis point decrease in interest rates using static balances at March 31, 2013, it is estimated that net interest income may decrease by 4.5% compared to a 4.8% decrease at March 31, 2012. At March 31, 2013 and 2012, the impact of a 200 basis point drop scenario was not calculated due to the historically low interest rate environment.
89
The table below summarizes the effect various rate shift scenarios would have on net interest income at March 31, 2013 and 2012:
|
Interest Rate Exposure Analysis
|
Estimated Annual % Change
|
|||||||
|
in Net Interest Income
|
||||||||
|
2013
|
2012
|
|||||||
|
Change in Interest Rates
|
||||||||
|
+200 basis points
|
-1.1 | % | -1.7 | % | ||||
|
+100 basis points
|
-0.9 | % | -0.8 | % | ||||
|
-100 basis points
|
-4.5 | % | -4.8 | % | ||||
As shown in the table above, the interest rate shocks for the first three months of 2013 illustrate little to no change in net interest income in rising rate scenarios while displaying modest exposure to a falling rate environment. The exposure to falling rates is primarily due to a repricing downward of various earning assets with minimal contribution from liabilities given the already low cost of deposits in the base scenario. Management cannot provide any assurance about the actual effect of changes in interest rates on net interest income. The estimates provided do not include the effects of possible strategic changes in the balances of various assets and liabilities throughout 2013 or additional actions Trustmark could undertake in response to changes in interest rates. Management will continue to prudently manage the balance sheet in an effort to control interest rate risk and maintain profitability over the long term.
Another component of interest rate risk management is measuring the economic value-at-risk for a given change in market interest rates. The economic value-at-risk may indicate risks associated with longer-term balance sheet items that may not affect net interest income at risk over shorter time periods. Trustmark also uses computer-modeling techniques to determine the present value of all asset and liability cash flows (both on- and off-balance sheet), adjusted for prepayment expectations, using a market discount rate. The economic value of equity (EVE), also known as net portfolio value, is defined as the difference between the present value of asset cash flows and the present value of liability cash flows. The resulting change in EVE in different market rate environments, from the base case scenario, is the amount of EVE at risk from those rate environments. As of March 31, 2013, the economic value of equity at risk for an instantaneous up 200 basis point shift in rates produced an increase in net portfolio value of 1.7%, compared to a net portfolio value increase of 3.1% in March 31, 2012. An instantaneous 100 basis point decrease in interest rates produced a decline in net portfolio value of 2.8% at March 31, 2013, compared to a decline of 6.5% at March 31, 2012. At March 31, 2013 and 2012, the impact of a 200 basis point drop scenario was not calculated due to the historically low interest rate environment. The following table summarizes the effect that various rate shifts would have on net portfolio value at March 31, 2013 and 2012:
|
Economic Value - at - Risk
|
Estimated % Change
|
|||||||
|
in Net Portfolio Value
|
||||||||
|
2013
|
2012
|
|||||||
|
Change in Interest Rates
|
||||||||
|
+200 basis points
|
1.7 | % | 3.1 | % | ||||
|
+100 basis points
|
1.8 | % | 3.3 | % | ||||
|
-100 basis points
|
-2.8 | % | -6.5 | % | ||||
Trustmark determines the fair value of MSR using a valuation model administered by a third party that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income. The model incorporates assumptions that market participants use in estimating future net servicing income, including estimates of prepayment speeds, discount rate, default rates, cost to service (including delinquency and foreclosure costs), escrow account earnings, contractual servicing fee income and other ancillary income such as late fees. Management reviews all significant assumptions quarterly. Mortgage loan prepayment speeds, a key assumption in the model, is the annual rate at which borrowers are forecasted to repay their mortgage loan principal. The discount rate used to determine the present value of estimated future net servicing income, another key assumption in the model, is an estimate of the required rate of return investors in the market would require for an asset with similar risk. Both assumptions can, and generally will, change as market conditions and interest rates change.
By way of example, an increase in either the prepayment speed or discount rate assumption will result in a decrease in the fair value of the MSR, while a decrease in either assumption will result in an increase in the fair value of the MSR. In recent years, there have been significant market-driven fluctuations in loan prepayment speeds and discount rates. These fluctuations can be rapid and may continue to be significant. Therefore, estimating prepayment speed and/or discount rates within ranges that market participants would use in determining the fair value of MSR requires significant management judgment.
At March 31, 2013, the MSR fair value was approximately $50.9 million. The impact on the MSR fair value of a 10% adverse change in prepayment speed or a 100 basis point increase in discount rate at March 31, 2013, would be a decline in fair value of approximately $2.2 million and $1.4 million, respectively. Changes of equal magnitude in the opposite direction would produce similar increases in fair value in the respective amounts.
90
Accounting Policies Recently Adopted and Pending Accounting Pronouncements
ASU 2013-02, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.”
Issued in February 2013, ASU 2013-02 requires an entity to report the effect of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on net income line items only for those items that are reported in their entirety in net income in the period of reclassification. For these items, entities are required to disclose the effect of the reclassification on each line item of net income that is affected by the reclassification adjustment. For items that are not reclassified in their entirety into net income, an entity is required to add a cross-reference to the note that includes additional information about the effect of the reclassification. For entities that only have reclassifications into net income in their entirety, this information may be presented either in the notes or parenthetically on the face of the statement that reports net income as long as the required information is reported in a single location. Entities that have one or more reclassification items that are not presented in their entirety in net income in the period of reclassification must present this information in the notes to the financial statements. ASU 2013-02 became effective for Trustmark’s financial statements on January 1, 2013, and the adoption did not have a significant impact to Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements. The required disclosures are reported in Note 15 – Shareholders’ Equity.
ASU 2013-01. “Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Clarifying the Scope of Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.”
Issued in January 2013, ASU 2013-01 clarifies that the scope of ASU 2011-11, “Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities,” applies to derivatives accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 815, including bifurcated embedded derivatives, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending transactions that are either offset in accordance with Section 210-20-45 or Section 815-10-45 or subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreements. ASU 2013-01 became effective for Trustmark’s financial statements on January 1, 2013, and the adoption did not have a significant impact to Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements. The required disclosures are reported in Note 17 – Derivatives.
ASU 2012-06, “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Subsequent Accounting for an Indemnification Asset Recognized at the Acquisition Date as a Result of a Government-Assisted Acquisition of a Financial Institution (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force).”
Issued in October 2012, ASU 2012-06 addresses the diversity in practice about how to subsequently measure an indemnification asset recognized as a result of a government-assisted acquisition of a financial institution. The amendments in ASU 2012-06 require a reporting entity to subsequently account for a change in the measurement of the indemnification asset on the same basis as the change in the assets subject to indemnification. ASU 2012-06 further requires that any amortization of changes in value be limited to the lesser of the term of the indemnification agreement and the remaining life of the indemnified assets. The amendments in ASU 2012-06 are effective prospectively for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2012, and, therefore, were effective for Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements as of January 1, 2013. Management determined that the impact of the adoption of ASU 2012-06 did not have a significant impact on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements. See Note 8 – FDIC Indemnification Asset for additional information.
ASU 2012-02, “Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Testing Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets for Impairment.”
Issued in July 2012, ASU 2012-02 amends the guidance in ASC 350-30 on testing indefinite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill for impairment. Under the revised guidance, entities testing indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment have the option of performing a qualitative assessment before calculating the fair value of the reporting unit (i.e., step 1 of the indefinite-lived intangible assets impairment test). If entities determine, on the basis of qualitative factors, that the fair value of the reporting unit is more likely than not less than the carrying amount, the two-step impairment test would be required. The ASU does not change how indefinite-lived intangible assets are calculated or assigned to reporting units, nor does it revise the requirement to test indefinite-lived intangible assets annually for impairment. In addition, the ASU does not amend the requirement to test indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment between annual tests if events or circumstances warrant; however, it does revise the examples of events and circumstances that an entity should consider. The amendments of ASU 2012-02 are effective for annual and interim impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after September 15, 2012. ASU 2012-02 became effect for Trustmark as of January 1, 2013. As Trustmark does not have any indefinite-lived intangible assets other than goodwill, the adoption of ASU 2012-02 had no impact on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.
|
ITEM 3.
|
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
|
The information required by this item is included in the discussion of Market/Interest Rate Risk Management found in Management’s Discussion and Analysis.
91
|
ITEM 4.
|
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
|
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
As of the end of the period covered by this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, an evaluation was carried out by Trustmark’s Management, with the participation of its Chief Executive Officer and Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer), of the effectiveness of Trustmark’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and the Principal Financial Officer concluded that Trustmark’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There has been no change in Trustmark’s internal control over financial reporting during the last fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, Trustmark’s internal control over financial reporting.
|
|
OTHER INFORMATION
|
|
ITEM 1.
|
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
|
Trustmark’s wholly-owned subsidiary, TNB, has been named as a defendant in two lawsuits related to the collapse of the Stanford Financial Group. The first is a purported class action complaint that was filed on August 23, 2009 in the District Court of Harris County, Texas, by Peggy Roif Rotstain, Guthrie Abbott, Catherine Burnell, Steven Queyrouze, Jaime Alexis Arroyo Bornstein and Juan C. Olano, on behalf of themselves and all others similarly situated, naming TNB and four other financial institutions unaffiliated with Trustmark as defendants. The complaint seeks to recover (i) alleged fraudulent transfers from each of the defendants in the amount of fees and other monies received by each defendant from entities controlled by R. Allen Stanford (collectively, the “Stanford Financial Group”) and (ii) damages allegedly attributable to alleged conspiracies by one or more of the defendants with the Stanford Financial Group to commit fraud and/or aid and abet fraud on the asserted grounds that defendants knew or should have known the Stanford Financial Group was conducting an illegal and fraudulent scheme. Plaintiffs have demanded a jury trial. Plaintiffs did not quantify damages. In November 2009, the lawsuit was removed to federal court by certain defendants and then transferred by the United States Panel on Multidistrict Litigation to federal court in the Northern District of Texas (Dallas) where multiple Stanford related matters are being consolidated for pre-trial proceedings. In May 2010, all defendants (including TNB) filed motions to dismiss the lawsuit, and the motions to dismiss have been fully briefed by all parties. The court has not yet ruled on the defendants’ motions to dismiss. In August 2010, the court authorized and approved the formation of an Official Stanford Investors Committee to represent the interests of Stanford investors and, under certain circumstances, to file legal actions for the benefit of Stanford investors. In December 2011, the Official Stanford Investors Committee (“OSIC”) filed a motion to intervene in this action. In September 2012, the district court referred the case to a magistrate judge for hearing and determination of certain pretrial issues. In December 2012, the court granted the OSIC’s motion to intervene, and the OSIC filed an Intervenor Complaint against one of the other defendant financial institutions. In February 2013, the OSIC filed an additional Intervenor Complaint that asserts claims against TNB and the remaining defendant financial institutions. The OSIC seeks to recover: (i) alleged fraudulent transfers in the amount of the fees each of the defendants allegedly received from Stanford Financial Group, the profits each of the defendants allegedly made from Stanford Financial Group deposits, and other monies each of the defendants allegedly received from Stanford Financial Group; (ii) damages attributable to alleged conspiracies by each of the defendants with the Stanford Financial Group to commit fraud and/or aid and abet fraud and conversion on the asserted grounds that the defendants knew or should have known the Stanford Financial Group was conducting an illegal and fraudulent scheme; and (iii) punitive damages. The OSIC did not quantify damages.
The second Stanford-related lawsuit was filed on December 14, 2009 in the District Court of Ascension Parish, Louisiana, individually by Harold Jackson, Paul Blaine, Carolyn Bass Smith, Christine Nichols, and Ronald and Ramona Hebert naming TNB (misnamed as Trust National Bank) and other individuals and entities not affiliated with Trustmark as defendants. The complaint seeks to recover the money lost by these individual plaintiffs as a result of the collapse of the Stanford Financial Group (in addition to other damages) under various theories and causes of action, including negligence, breach of contract, breach of fiduciary duty, negligent misrepresentation, detrimental reliance, conspiracy, and violation of Louisiana’s uniform fiduciary, securities, and racketeering laws. The complaint does not quantify the amount of money the plaintiffs seek to recover. In January 2010, the lawsuit was removed to federal court by certain defendants and then transferred by the United States Panel on Multidistrict Litigation to federal court in the Northern District of Texas (Dallas) where multiple Stanford related matters are being consolidated for pre-trial proceedings. On March 29, 2010, the court stayed the case. TNB filed a motion to lift the stay, which was denied on February 28, 2012. In September 2012, the district court referred the case to a magistrate judge for hearing and determination of certain pretrial issues.
TNB’s relationship with the Stanford Financial Group began as a result of Trustmark’s acquisition of a Houston-based bank in August 2006, and consisted of correspondent banking and other traditional banking services in the ordinary course of business. Both Stanford-related lawsuits are in their preliminary stages and have been previously disclosed by Trustmark.
92
TNB is the defendant in two putative class actions challenging TNB’s practices regarding "overdraft" or "non-sufficient funds" fees charged by TNB in connection with customer use of debit cards, including TNB’s order of processing transactions, notices and calculations of charges, and calculations of fees. Kathy D. White v. TNB was filed in Tennessee state court in Memphis, Tennessee and was removed on June 19, 2012 to the United States District Court for the Western District of Tennessee. (Plaintiff Kathy White had filed an earlier, virtually identical action that was voluntarily dismissed.) Leroy Jenkins v. TNB was filed on June 4, 2012 in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Mississippi. The White and Jenkins pleadings are matters of public record in the files of the courts. In both cases, the plaintiffs purport to represent classes of similarly-situated customers of TNB. The White complaint asserts claims of breach of contract, breach of a duty of good faith and fair dealing, unconscionability, conversion, and unjust enrichment. The Jenkins complaint originally included similar allegations as well as federal-law claims under the Electronic Funds Transfer Act (EFTA) and RICO; however, the RICO claims were voluntarily dismissed from the case on January 9, 2013. Each of these complaints seeks the imposition of a constructive trust and unquantified damages. These complaints are largely patterned after similar lawsuits that have been filed against other banks across the country. On July 19, 2012, the plaintiff in the White case filed an amended complaint to add plaintiffs from Mississippi and also to add federal EFTA claims. Trustmark contends that amended complaint was procedurally improper. On October 4, 2012, the plaintiff in the White case moved for leave to add two Tennessee plaintiffs. That motion is pending for decision. Trustmark has filed preliminary dismissal and venue transfer motions, and discovery has begun, in the White case; the Jenkins case has also entered the active discovery stage.
Trustmark and its subsidiaries are also parties to other lawsuits and other claims that arise in the ordinary course of business. Some of the lawsuits assert claims related to the lending, collection, servicing, investment, trust and other business activities, and some of the lawsuits allege substantial claims for damages.
All pending legal proceedings described above are being vigorously contested. In the regular course of business, Management evaluates estimated losses or costs related to litigation, and provision is made for anticipated losses whenever Management believes that such losses are probable and can be reasonably estimated. At the present time, Management believes, based on the advice of legal counsel and Management’s evaluation, that (i) the final resolution of pending legal proceedings described above will not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material impact on Trustmark’s consolidated financial position or results of operations and
(ii) a loss in any such case is not probable at this time, and thus no accrual is required under FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 450-20 (ASC 450). In addition, given the preliminary nature of these matters and the lack of any quantification by plaintiffs of the relief being sought, to the extent that a loss in any such matter may be viewed as reasonably possible under ASC 450, it is not possible at this time to provide an estimate of any such possible loss (or range of possible loss) for any such matter.
|
ITEM 1A.
|
RISK FACTORS
|
There has been no material change in the risk factors previously disclosed in Trustmark’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for its fiscal year ended December 31, 2012.
|
ITEM 2.
|
UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS
|
Trustmark did not engage in any unregistered sales of equity securities during the first quarter of 2013.
|
ITEM 3.
|
DEFAULTS UPON SENIOR SECURITIES
|
None
|
ITEM 4.
|
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
|
Not applicable
|
ITEM 5.
|
OTHER INFORMATION
|
None
|
ITEM 6.
|
EXHIBITS
|
The exhibits listed in the Exhibit Index are filed herewith or are incorporated herein by reference
.
93
EXHIBIT INDEX
|
Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
|
Certification by Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
|
Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. ss. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
|
Certification by Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. ss. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
All other exhibits are omitted, as they are inapplicable or not required by the related instructions.
94
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
TRUSTMARK CORPORATION
|
BY:
|
/s/ Gerard R. Host
|
BY:
|
/s/ Louis E. Greer
|
|
|
Gerard R. Host
|
|
Louis E. Greer
|
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
Treasurer, Principal Financial Officer and
|
|
Principal Accounting Officer
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
| DATE: May 8, 2013 | DATE: May 8, 2013 | ||
95
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Part I. Financial InformationItem 1. Financial StatementsNote 1 Business, Basis Of Financial Statement Presentation and Principles Of ConsolidationNote 2 Business CombinationsNote 3 Securities Available For Sale and Held To MaturityNote 4 Loans Held For Investment (lhfi) and Allowance For Loan Losses, LhfiNote 5 Acquired LoansNote 6 Mortgage BankingNote 7 Other Real Estate and Covered Other Real EstateNote 8 Fdic Indemnification AssetNote 9 DepositsNote 10 Defined Benefit and Other Postretirement BenefitsNote 11 Stock and Incentive Compensation PlansNote 12 ContingenciesNote 13 Earnings Per ShareNote 14 Statements Of Cash FlowsNote 15 Shareholders' EquityNote 16 Fair ValueNote 17 Derivative Financial InstrumentsNote 18 Segment InformationItem 2. Management S Discussion and Analysis Of Financial Condition and Results Of OperationsItem 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market RiskItem 4. Controls and ProceduresPart II. Other InformationPart IIItem 1. Legal ProceedingsItem 1A. Risk FactorsItem 2. Unregistered Sales Of Equity Securities and Use Of ProceedsItem 3. Defaults Upon Senior SecuritiesItem 4. Mine Safety DisclosuresItem 5. Other InformationItem 6. Exhibits